Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 3596:34724dc5172b v7.3.558
updated for version 7.3.558
Problem: Memory access error. (Gary Johnson)
Solution: Allocate one more byte. (Dominique Pelle)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 20 Jun 2012 12:40:08 +0200 |
| parents | b8924014a039 |
| children | 74adc9f7e15b |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
| 19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 23 */ | |
| 24 int | |
| 25 get_indent() | |
| 26 { | |
| 27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 28 } | |
| 29 | |
| 30 /* | |
| 31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 32 */ | |
| 33 int | |
| 34 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 35 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 36 { | |
| 37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 41 /* | |
| 42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 43 * "buf". | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 int | |
| 46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 47 buf_T *buf; | |
| 48 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 49 { | |
| 50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 51 } | |
| 52 #endif | |
| 53 | |
| 54 /* | |
| 55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 56 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 57 */ | |
| 164 | 58 int |
| 7 | 59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 60 char_u *ptr; | |
| 61 int ts; | |
| 62 { | |
| 63 int count = 0; | |
| 64 | |
| 65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 66 { | |
| 67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 68 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 69 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 70 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 71 else | |
| 72 break; | |
| 73 } | |
| 164 | 74 return count; |
| 7 | 75 } |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* | |
| 78 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 80 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 81 * "flags": | |
| 82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 86 */ | |
| 87 int | |
| 88 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 89 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 90 int flags; |
| 91 { | |
| 92 char_u *p; | |
| 93 char_u *newline; | |
| 94 char_u *oldline; | |
| 95 char_u *s; | |
| 96 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 98 int line_len; |
| 99 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 101 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 102 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 105 |
| 106 /* | |
| 107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 108 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 109 */ | |
| 110 todo = size; | |
| 111 ind_len = 0; | |
| 112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 115 * isn't already set */ | |
| 116 | |
| 1324 | 117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 119 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 121 { |
| 122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 ind_done = 0; | |
| 127 | |
| 128 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 132 { | |
| 133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 136 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 137 break; | |
| 138 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 139 ++ind_len; | |
| 140 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 141 } | |
| 142 else | |
| 143 { | |
| 144 --todo; | |
| 145 ++ind_len; | |
| 146 ++ind_done; | |
| 147 } | |
| 148 ++p; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 | |
| 1324 | 151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 153 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 154 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 155 | |
| 7 | 156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 159 { |
| 160 doit = TRUE; | |
| 161 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 162 ++ind_len; | |
| 163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 | |
| 167 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 169 { | |
| 170 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 171 doit = TRUE; | |
| 172 else | |
| 173 ++p; | |
| 174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 175 ++ind_len; | |
| 176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 } | |
| 179 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 180 while (todo > 0) | |
| 181 { | |
| 182 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 183 doit = TRUE; | |
| 184 else | |
| 185 ++p; | |
| 186 --todo; | |
| 187 ++ind_len; | |
| 188 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 189 } | |
| 190 | |
| 191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 193 return FALSE; | |
| 194 | |
| 195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 197 p = oldline; | |
| 198 else | |
| 199 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 201 |
| 202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 205 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 206 { |
| 207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 208 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 209 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 210 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 212 * characters, which may have been | |
| 213 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 214 p = oldline; |
| 215 s = newline; | |
| 216 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 217 { | |
| 218 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 219 orig_char_len--; | |
| 220 } | |
| 1474 | 221 |
| 1324 | 222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 223 * than old) */ | |
| 224 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 225 ++p; |
| 1348 | 226 |
| 1324 | 227 } |
| 228 else | |
| 229 { | |
| 230 todo = size; | |
| 231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 232 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 233 return FALSE; | |
| 234 s = newline; | |
| 235 } | |
| 7 | 236 |
| 237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 p = oldline; | |
| 246 ind_done = 0; | |
| 247 | |
| 248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 251 { | |
| 252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 255 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 256 break; | |
| 257 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 258 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 259 } | |
| 260 else | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 --todo; | |
| 263 ++ind_done; | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
| 268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 270 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 271 { | |
| 272 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 277 } | |
| 278 | |
| 279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 283 } | |
| 284 } | |
| 285 while (todo > 0) | |
| 286 { | |
| 287 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 288 --todo; | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 291 | |
| 292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 302 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 303 } |
| 304 else | |
| 305 vim_free(newline); | |
| 306 | |
| 307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 308 return retval; |
| 7 | 309 } |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 315 */ | |
| 316 static int | |
| 317 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 318 int size; | |
| 319 char_u *src; | |
| 320 { | |
| 321 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 322 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 323 char_u *s; | |
| 324 int todo; | |
| 325 int ind_len; | |
| 326 int line_len = 0; | |
| 327 int tab_pad; | |
| 328 int ind_done; | |
| 329 int round; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 todo = size; | |
| 336 ind_len = 0; | |
| 337 ind_done = 0; | |
| 338 s = src; | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 342 { | |
| 343 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 348 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 349 break; | |
| 350 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 351 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 else | |
| 354 { | |
| 355 --todo; | |
| 356 ++ind_done; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 359 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 360 *p++ = *s; |
| 361 ++s; | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 366 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 367 { |
| 368 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 369 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 370 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 371 *p++ = TAB; |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 376 { |
| 377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 378 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 379 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 380 *p++ = TAB; |
| 381 } | |
| 382 | |
| 383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 384 while (todo > 0) | |
| 385 { | |
| 386 --todo; | |
| 387 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 388 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 389 *p++ = ' '; |
| 390 } | |
| 391 | |
| 840 | 392 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 393 { |
| 394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 395 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 398 if (line == NULL) | |
| 399 return FALSE; | |
| 400 p = line; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 | |
| 404 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 409 | |
| 410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 412 return TRUE; | |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* | |
| 416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 419 */ |
| 420 int | |
| 421 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 422 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 423 { | |
| 424 colnr_T col; | |
| 425 pos_T pos; | |
| 426 | |
| 427 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 428 return -1; | |
| 41 | 429 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 430 |
| 431 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 432 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS) && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 433 { | |
| 434 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 435 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 436 | |
| 437 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 438 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 439 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 440 { | |
| 441 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 442 | |
| 443 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 444 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 445 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3592 | 448 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); |
| 41 | 449 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3584 | 450 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 451 #endif | |
| 452 } | |
| 41 | 453 } |
| 454 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 455 } | |
| 3584 | 456 else |
| 457 { | |
| 458 /* | |
| 459 * What follows is the orig code that is not "comment aware"... | |
| 460 * | |
| 461 * I'm not sure if regmmatch_T (multi-match) is needed in this case. | |
| 462 * It may be true that this section would work properly using the | |
| 3596 | 463 * regmatch_T code above, in which case, these two separate sections |
| 3584 | 464 * should be consolidated w/ FEAT_COMMENTS making lead_len > 0... |
| 465 */ | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 468 | |
| 469 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 470 | |
| 471 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 472 { | |
| 473 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 474 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0; | |
| 475 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, | |
| 476 lnum, (colnr_T)0, NULL)) | |
| 477 { | |
| 478 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum; | |
| 479 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
| 480 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 481 pos.coladd = 0; | |
| 482 #endif | |
| 483 } | |
| 484 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 #endif | |
| 41 | 489 |
| 490 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 491 return -1; |
| 492 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 493 return (int)col; | |
| 494 } | |
| 495 | |
| 496 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 497 | |
| 498 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 499 | |
| 500 /* | |
| 501 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 502 */ | |
| 503 static int | |
| 504 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 505 char_u *line; | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 char_u *cinw; | |
| 508 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 509 int cinw_len; | |
| 510 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 511 int len; | |
| 512 | |
| 513 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 514 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 515 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 516 { | |
| 517 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 518 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 519 { | |
| 520 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 521 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 522 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 523 { | |
| 524 retval = TRUE; | |
| 525 break; | |
| 526 } | |
| 527 } | |
| 528 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 return retval; | |
| 531 } | |
| 532 #endif | |
| 533 | |
| 534 /* | |
| 535 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 536 * | |
| 537 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 538 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 539 * | |
| 540 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 541 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 542 * new line. | |
| 543 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 544 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 545 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 546 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 547 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 548 * | |
| 549 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 550 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 551 * |
| 552 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 553 */ | |
| 554 int | |
| 3584 | 555 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 556 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 557 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 558 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 559 { |
| 560 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 561 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 562 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 563 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 564 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 565 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 566 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 567 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 568 int n; | |
| 569 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 570 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 571 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 572 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 573 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 574 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 575 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 576 #endif | |
| 577 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 578 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 579 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 580 char_u *p; | |
| 581 #endif | |
| 582 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 583 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 584 pos_T *pos; | |
| 585 #endif | |
| 586 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 587 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 588 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 589 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 590 # endif | |
| 591 ); | |
| 592 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 593 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 594 #endif | |
| 595 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 596 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 597 #endif | |
| 598 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 599 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 600 | |
| 601 /* | |
| 602 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 603 */ | |
| 604 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 605 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 606 return FALSE; | |
| 607 | |
| 608 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 609 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 /* | |
| 612 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 613 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 614 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 615 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 616 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 617 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 618 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 621 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 622 else | |
| 623 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 624 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 625 goto theend; | |
| 626 | |
| 627 /* | |
| 628 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 629 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 630 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 631 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 632 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 635 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 636 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 637 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 638 { |
| 639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 640 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 641 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 642 else | |
| 643 #endif | |
| 644 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 645 } | |
| 7 | 646 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 647 } | |
| 648 #endif | |
| 649 | |
| 650 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 651 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 652 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 653 #endif | |
| 654 ) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 657 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 658 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 661 first_char = *p; | |
| 662 } | |
| 663 #endif | |
| 664 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 665 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 666 #endif | |
| 667 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 668 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 669 } | |
| 670 | |
| 671 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 672 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 673 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 674 #endif | |
| 675 ai_col = 0; | |
| 676 | |
| 677 /* | |
| 678 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 679 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 680 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 681 */ | |
| 682 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 683 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 684 | |
| 685 /* | |
| 686 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 687 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 688 */ | |
| 689 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 690 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 691 || do_si | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 693 ) | |
| 694 { | |
| 695 /* | |
| 696 * count white space on current line | |
| 697 */ | |
| 698 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3584 | 699 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 700 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 701 |
| 702 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 703 /* | |
| 704 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 705 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 706 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 707 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 708 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 709 */ | |
| 710 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 711 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 712 { | |
| 713 char_u *ptr; | |
| 714 char_u last_char; | |
| 715 | |
| 716 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 717 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 718 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 719 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 720 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 721 else |
| 722 lead_len = 0; | |
| 723 # endif | |
| 724 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 /* | |
| 727 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 728 * recognised as comments. | |
| 729 */ | |
| 730 if ( | |
| 731 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 732 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 733 # endif | |
| 734 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 735 { | |
| 736 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 737 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 738 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 741 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 742 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 743 else |
| 744 lead_len = 0; | |
| 745 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 /* | |
| 748 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 749 * \* | |
| 750 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 751 * *\ | |
| 752 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 753 * This should line up here; | |
| 754 */ | |
| 755 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 756 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 757 p++; | |
| 758 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 759 { | |
| 760 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 763 { | |
| 764 /* | |
| 765 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 766 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 767 * the comment | |
| 768 */ | |
| 769 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 770 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 771 { | |
| 772 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 773 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 774 } | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 } | |
| 777 } | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 780 # endif | |
| 781 { | |
| 782 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 783 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 784 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 785 --p; | |
| 786 last_char = *p; | |
| 787 | |
| 788 /* | |
| 789 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 790 */ | |
| 791 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 792 { | |
| 793 if (p > ptr) | |
| 794 --p; | |
| 795 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 796 --p; | |
| 797 } | |
| 798 /* | |
| 799 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 800 * lines. eg: | |
| 801 * if (condition && | |
| 802 * condition) { | |
| 803 * Should line up here! | |
| 804 * } | |
| 805 */ | |
| 806 if (*p == ')') | |
| 807 { | |
| 808 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 809 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 810 { | |
| 811 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 812 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 813 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 814 } | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 /* | |
| 817 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 818 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 819 */ | |
| 820 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 821 { | |
| 822 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 823 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 /* | |
| 826 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 827 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 828 * '}'. | |
| 829 */ | |
| 830 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 831 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 832 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 } | |
| 835 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 836 { | |
| 837 /* | |
| 838 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 839 * recognised as comments. | |
| 840 */ | |
| 841 if ( | |
| 842 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 843 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 844 # endif | |
| 845 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 846 { | |
| 847 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 848 | |
| 849 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 850 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 851 { | |
| 852 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 853 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 854 else | |
| 855 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 856 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 857 } | |
| 858 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 859 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 860 else | |
| 861 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 862 } | |
| 863 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 864 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 865 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 866 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 867 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 868 } | |
| 869 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 if (do_si) | |
| 872 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 873 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 874 | |
| 875 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 876 } | |
| 877 | |
| 878 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 879 /* | |
| 880 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 881 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 882 */ | |
| 883 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 884 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 885 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 886 else |
| 887 lead_len = 0; | |
| 888 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 889 { | |
| 890 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 891 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 892 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 893 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 894 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 895 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 896 int current_flag; | |
| 897 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 898 char_u *p2; | |
| 899 | |
| 900 /* | |
| 901 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 902 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 903 */ | |
| 904 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 905 { | |
| 906 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 907 { | |
| 908 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 909 continue; | |
| 910 } | |
| 911 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 912 { | |
| 913 current_flag = *p; | |
| 914 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 /* | |
| 917 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 918 */ | |
| 919 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 920 { | |
| 921 lead_len = 0; | |
| 922 break; | |
| 923 } | |
| 924 | |
| 925 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 926 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 927 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 928 } | |
| 929 | |
| 930 /* | |
| 931 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 932 */ | |
| 933 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 934 { | |
| 935 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 936 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 937 ++p; | |
| 938 } | |
| 939 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 940 | |
| 941 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 942 { | |
| 943 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 944 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 945 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 946 ++p; | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 949 | |
| 950 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 951 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 952 | |
| 953 /* | |
| 954 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 955 * the comment leader. | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 958 { | |
| 959 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 960 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 961 { | |
| 962 comment_end = p; | |
| 963 lead_len = 0; | |
| 964 break; | |
| 965 } | |
| 966 } | |
| 967 | |
| 968 /* | |
| 969 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 970 */ | |
| 971 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 972 { | |
| 973 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 974 { | |
| 975 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 976 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 977 } | |
| 978 | |
| 979 /* | |
| 980 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 981 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 982 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 983 */ | |
| 984 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 985 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 986 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 987 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 988 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 989 || require_blank)) | |
| 990 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 break; | |
| 993 } | |
| 994 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 995 { | |
| 996 /* | |
| 997 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 998 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 999 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 1000 */ | |
| 1001 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1002 { | |
| 1003 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 1004 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 } | |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 /* | |
| 1009 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 1010 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 1011 */ | |
| 1012 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 1013 --p; | |
| 1014 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 1015 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 1016 ; | |
| 1017 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 1020 * the comment-end */ | |
| 1021 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 1024 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 1027 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1028 } | |
| 1029 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1030 { | |
| 1031 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1032 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1033 p2++; | |
| 1034 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1035 } | |
| 1036 break; | |
| 1037 } | |
| 1038 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1039 { | |
| 1040 /* | |
| 1041 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1042 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1043 */ | |
| 1044 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1045 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1046 else | |
| 1047 { | |
| 1048 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1049 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1050 } | |
| 1051 break; | |
| 1052 } | |
| 1053 } | |
| 1054 if (lead_len) | |
| 1055 { | |
| 3596 | 1056 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1057 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1058 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1059 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1062 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1063 else | |
| 1064 { | |
| 419 | 1065 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1066 |
| 1067 /* | |
| 1068 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1069 */ | |
| 1070 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1071 { | |
| 1072 int c = 0; | |
| 1073 int off = 0; | |
| 1074 | |
| 1996 | 1075 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1076 { |
| 1077 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1078 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1079 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1080 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1081 else |
| 1082 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1083 } |
| 1084 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1087 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1088 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1089 ; | |
| 1090 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1091 |
| 1092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1093 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1094 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1095 { | |
| 1096 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1097 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1098 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1099 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1100 int l; | |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1103 { | |
| 39 | 1104 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1105 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1106 } | |
| 835 | 1107 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1108 if (l != 0) |
| 1109 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1110 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1111 lead_len += l; | |
| 1112 } | |
| 1113 #else | |
| 7 | 1114 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1115 p = leader; | |
| 1116 else | |
| 1117 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1118 #endif |
| 7 | 1119 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1120 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1121 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1124 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1125 { |
| 1126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1127 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 if (l > 1) | |
| 1130 { | |
| 1131 p -= l; | |
| 1132 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1133 { | |
| 1134 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1135 --l; | |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1138 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1139 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1140 *p = ' '; | |
| 1141 } | |
| 1142 else | |
| 1143 #endif | |
| 7 | 1144 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1145 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1146 } |
| 7 | 1147 } |
| 1148 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1149 { | |
| 1150 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1151 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1152 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1153 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1154 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1155 { | |
| 1156 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1157 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1158 int i; | |
| 1159 int l; | |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1162 { | |
| 474 | 1163 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1164 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1165 break; | |
| 1166 } | |
| 1167 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1168 { | |
| 1169 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1170 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1171 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 #endif | |
| 7 | 1175 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1178 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1179 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1180 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1181 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1182 { | |
| 1183 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1184 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1185 { | |
| 1186 --lead_len; | |
| 1187 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1188 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1189 } | |
| 1190 else | |
| 17 | 1191 { |
| 1192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1193 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1194 |
| 1195 if (l > 1) | |
| 1196 { | |
| 1197 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1198 { | |
| 1199 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1200 * two spaces */ | |
| 1201 --l; | |
| 1202 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1205 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1206 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1207 } | |
| 1208 #endif | |
| 7 | 1209 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1210 } |
| 7 | 1211 } |
| 1212 *p = NUL; | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1216 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1217 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1218 || do_si | |
| 1219 #endif | |
| 1220 ) | |
| 1221 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1224 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1225 { | |
| 1226 off = -newindent; | |
| 1227 newindent = 0; | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 else | |
| 1230 newindent += off; | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1233 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1234 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1235 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1238 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1239 break; | |
| 1240 --lead_len; | |
| 1241 --off; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1245 * extra space */ | |
| 1246 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1247 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1248 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 if (extra_space) | |
| 1252 { | |
| 1253 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1254 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1255 } | |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 /* | |
| 1260 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1261 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1262 */ | |
| 1263 if (newindent | |
| 1264 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1265 || did_si | |
| 1266 #endif | |
| 1267 ) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1270 { | |
| 1271 --lead_len; | |
| 1272 --newcol; | |
| 1273 ++leader; | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 } | |
| 1278 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1279 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 1281 } | |
| 1282 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1283 { | |
| 1284 /* | |
| 1285 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1286 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1287 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1288 * comment. | |
| 1289 */ | |
| 1290 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1291 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1292 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1293 || do_si | |
| 1294 #endif | |
| 1295 )) | |
| 1296 { | |
| 1297 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1298 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1299 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1302 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1305 } | |
| 1306 } | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 #endif | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1311 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 /* | |
| 1316 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1317 * non-blank. | |
| 1318 * | |
| 1319 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1320 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1321 */ | |
| 1322 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1323 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1325 { | |
| 1326 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1328 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1329 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1330 #endif | |
| 1331 ) | |
| 1332 { | |
| 1333 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1334 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1335 ++p_extra; | |
| 1336 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 } | |
| 1339 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1340 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1343 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1344 } | |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1347 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1350 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1351 if (lead_len) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 3584 | 1353 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1354 { | |
| 1355 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1356 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1357 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1358 |
| 1359 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1360 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1361 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1362 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1363 { | |
| 1364 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 1365 newcol++; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 } | |
| 7 | 1368 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1369 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1370 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1371 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 else | |
| 1374 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1375 #endif | |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1378 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1379 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1380 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1381 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1382 #endif | |
| 1383 { | |
| 1384 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1385 == FAIL) | |
| 1386 goto theend; | |
| 1387 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1388 * with markers. */ | |
| 1389 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1390 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1391 } | |
| 1392 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1393 else | |
| 1394 { | |
| 1395 /* | |
| 1396 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1397 */ | |
| 1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1399 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1402 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1403 */ | |
| 1404 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1405 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1406 } | |
| 1407 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1408 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1409 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1410 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1411 } | |
| 1412 #endif | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 if (newindent | |
| 1415 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1416 || did_si | |
| 1417 #endif | |
| 1418 ) | |
| 1419 { | |
| 1420 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1421 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1422 if (did_si) | |
| 1423 { | |
| 1424 if (p_sr) | |
| 1425 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1426 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1427 } | |
| 1428 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1429 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1430 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1431 { |
| 1432 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 /* | |
| 1435 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1436 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1437 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1438 */ | |
| 1439 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1440 } | |
| 1441 else | |
| 1442 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1443 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 /* | |
| 1448 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1449 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1450 */ | |
| 1451 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1452 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1453 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1454 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1455 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1456 if (no_si) | |
| 1457 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1458 #endif | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1462 /* | |
| 1463 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1464 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1465 */ | |
| 1466 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1467 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1468 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1469 #endif | |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1474 { | |
| 1475 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1476 { | |
| 1477 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1478 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1479 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1480 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1481 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1482 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1483 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1484 if (did_append) | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1487 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1488 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1491 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1492 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1493 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1494 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1495 } | |
| 1496 else | |
| 1497 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1498 } | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 /* | |
| 1501 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1502 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1503 */ | |
| 1504 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1505 } | |
| 1506 if (did_append) | |
| 1507 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1510 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1511 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1512 #endif | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1515 /* | |
| 1516 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1517 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1518 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1519 */ | |
| 1520 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1521 { | |
| 1522 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1523 State = INSERT; | |
| 1524 } | |
| 1525 else | |
| 1526 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1527 #endif | |
| 1528 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1529 /* | |
| 1530 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1531 */ | |
| 1532 if (!p_paste | |
| 1533 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1534 && leader == NULL | |
| 1535 # endif | |
| 1536 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1537 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1538 { | |
| 1539 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1540 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1541 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 #endif | |
| 1544 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1545 /* | |
| 1546 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1547 */ | |
| 1548 if (!p_paste | |
| 1549 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1550 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1551 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1552 # endif | |
| 1553 ) | |
| 1554 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1555 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1556 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1557 { | |
| 1558 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1559 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1560 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1561 } | |
| 1562 #endif | |
| 1563 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1564 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1565 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1566 #endif | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1569 /* | |
| 1570 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1571 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1572 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1573 */ | |
| 1574 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1575 { | |
| 1576 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1577 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1578 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1579 goto theend; | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1582 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1585 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1586 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1587 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1588 #endif | |
| 1589 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1590 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1591 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1592 } | |
| 1593 #endif | |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1596 theend: | |
| 1597 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1598 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1599 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1600 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1601 return retval; | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1605 /* | |
| 1606 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1607 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1608 * returned. | |
| 1609 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1610 * comment leader. | |
| 1611 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1612 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1613 * length. | |
| 7 | 1614 */ |
| 1615 int | |
| 3562 | 1616 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1617 char_u *line; |
| 1618 char_u **flags; | |
| 1619 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1620 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1621 { |
| 1622 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1623 int result; |
| 7 | 1624 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1625 int found_one; | |
| 1626 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1627 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1628 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1629 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1630 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1631 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1632 |
| 3562 | 1633 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1634 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1635 ++i; | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 /* | |
| 1638 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1639 */ | |
| 2809 | 1640 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1641 { |
| 1642 /* | |
| 1643 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1644 */ | |
| 1645 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1646 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1647 { | |
| 2809 | 1648 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1649 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1650 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1651 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1652 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1653 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1654 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1655 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1656 continue; | |
| 1657 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1658 | |
| 2809 | 1659 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1660 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1661 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1662 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1663 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1664 break; | |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1667 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1668 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1669 continue; | |
| 1670 | |
| 2809 | 1671 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1672 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1673 continue; | |
| 1674 | |
| 2809 | 1675 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1676 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1677 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1678 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1679 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1680 { | |
| 1681 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 2809 | 1682 continue; /* missing shite space */ |
| 7 | 1683 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1684 ++string; | |
| 1685 } | |
| 1686 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1687 ; | |
| 1688 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1689 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1692 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1693 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1694 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1695 continue; | |
| 1696 | |
| 2809 | 1697 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1698 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1699 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1700 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1701 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1702 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1703 { | |
| 1704 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1705 { | |
| 1706 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1707 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1708 } | |
| 1709 continue; | |
| 1710 } | |
| 1711 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1712 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1713 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1714 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1717 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1718 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1719 break; | |
| 1720 } | |
| 1721 | |
| 2809 | 1722 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1723 { | |
| 1724 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1725 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1726 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1727 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1728 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1729 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1730 } | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1733 if (!found_one) |
| 1734 break; | |
| 1735 | |
| 3562 | 1736 result = i; |
| 1737 | |
| 2809 | 1738 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1739 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1740 ++i; | |
| 1741 | |
| 3562 | 1742 if (include_space) |
| 1743 result = i; | |
| 1744 | |
| 2809 | 1745 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1746 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1747 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1748 break; | |
| 1749 } | |
| 3562 | 1750 return result; |
| 1751 } | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 /* | |
| 1754 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1755 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1756 * | |
| 1757 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1758 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1759 */ | |
| 1760 int | |
| 1761 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1762 char_u *line; | |
| 1763 char_u **flags; | |
| 1764 { | |
| 1765 int result = -1; | |
| 1766 int i, j; | |
| 1767 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1768 char_u *string; | |
| 1769 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1770 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1771 char_u *list; | |
| 1772 int found_one; | |
| 1773 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 /* | |
| 1776 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1777 */ | |
| 1778 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1779 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1780 { | |
| 1781 /* | |
| 1782 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1783 */ | |
| 1784 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1785 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1786 { | |
| 1787 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 /* | |
| 1790 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1791 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1792 */ | |
| 1793 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1794 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1795 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1796 * happen. */ | |
| 1797 { | |
| 1798 continue; | |
| 1799 } | |
| 1800 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1801 com_leader = string; | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /* | |
| 1804 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1805 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1806 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1807 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 1809 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1810 { | |
| 1811 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1812 continue; | |
| 1813 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1814 ++string; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1817 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1818 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1819 continue; | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 /* | |
| 1822 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1823 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1824 */ | |
| 1825 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1826 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1827 { | |
| 1828 continue; | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* | |
| 1832 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1833 */ | |
| 1834 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 if (flags) | |
| 1837 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1838 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 break; | |
| 1841 } | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 if (found_one) | |
| 1844 { | |
| 1845 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1846 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 result = i; | |
| 1849 /* | |
| 1850 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1851 */ | |
| 1852 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1853 continue; | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1858 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1859 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1860 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1861 */ | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1864 ++com_leader; | |
| 1865 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1868 { | |
| 1869 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1872 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1873 continue; | |
| 1874 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1875 ++string; | |
| 1876 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1877 ++string; | |
| 1878 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1879 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1880 continue; | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1883 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1884 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1885 { | |
| 1886 --off; | |
| 1887 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1888 { | |
| 1889 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1890 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1891 } | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 return result; | |
| 7 | 1897 } |
| 1898 #endif | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 /* | |
| 1901 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1902 */ | |
| 1903 int | |
| 1904 plines(lnum) | |
| 1905 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1908 } | |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 int | |
| 1911 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1912 win_T *wp; | |
| 1913 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1914 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1915 { | |
| 1916 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1917 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1918 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1919 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 int | |
| 1923 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1924 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1925 { | |
| 1926 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1927 } | |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 int | |
| 1930 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1931 win_T *wp; | |
| 1932 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1933 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1934 { | |
| 1935 #endif | |
| 1936 int lines; | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1939 return 1; | |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1942 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1943 return 1; | |
| 1944 #endif | |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1947 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1948 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1949 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1950 return 1; | |
| 1951 #endif | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1954 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1955 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1956 return lines; | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 /* | |
| 1960 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1961 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1962 */ | |
| 1963 int | |
| 1964 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1965 win_T *wp; | |
| 1966 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1967 { | |
| 1968 char_u *s; | |
| 1969 long col; | |
| 1970 int width; | |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1973 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1974 return 1; | |
| 1975 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 /* | |
| 1978 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1979 * extra column. | |
| 1980 */ | |
| 1981 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1982 col += 1; | |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1985 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1986 */ |
| 1987 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1988 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1989 return 32000; | |
| 1990 if (col <= width) | |
| 1991 return 1; | |
| 1992 col -= width; | |
| 1993 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1994 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 /* | |
| 1998 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1999 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 2000 */ | |
| 2001 int | |
| 2002 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 2003 win_T *wp; | |
| 2004 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2005 long column; | |
| 2006 { | |
| 2007 long col; | |
| 2008 char_u *s; | |
| 2009 int lines = 0; | |
| 2010 int width; | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2013 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 2014 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 2015 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 2016 #endif | |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2019 return lines + 1; | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2022 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 2023 return lines + 1; | |
| 2024 #endif | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 col = 0; | |
| 2029 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 2032 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2033 } |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 /* | |
| 2036 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2037 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2038 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2039 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2040 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2041 */ | |
| 2042 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 2043 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2046 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2047 */ |
| 2048 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2049 if (width <= 0) |
| 2050 return 9999; | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 lines += 1; | |
| 2053 if (col > width) | |
| 2054 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2055 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2056 } |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 int | |
| 2059 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2060 win_T *wp; | |
| 2061 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 int count = 0; | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 while (first <= last) | |
| 2066 { | |
| 2067 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2068 int x; | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2071 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2072 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2073 if (x > 0) | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2076 first += x; | |
| 2077 } | |
| 2078 else | |
| 2079 #endif | |
| 2080 { | |
| 2081 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2082 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2083 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2084 else | |
| 2085 #endif | |
| 2086 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2087 ++first; | |
| 2088 } | |
| 2089 } | |
| 2090 return (count); | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2094 /* | |
| 2095 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2096 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2097 */ | |
| 2098 void | |
| 2099 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2100 char_u *p; | |
| 2101 { | |
| 2102 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 #endif | |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2107 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2108 /* | |
| 2109 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2110 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2111 */ | |
| 2112 void | |
| 2113 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2114 char_u *p; | |
| 2115 int len; | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 int i; | |
| 2118 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2119 int n; | |
| 2120 | |
| 1617 | 2121 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2122 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2123 { | |
| 2124 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2125 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2126 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2127 else | |
| 2128 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2129 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2130 } | |
| 2131 else | |
| 7 | 2132 # endif |
| 1617 | 2133 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2134 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2135 } |
| 2136 #endif | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 /* | |
| 2139 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2140 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2141 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2142 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2143 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2144 */ | |
| 2145 void | |
| 2146 ins_char(c) | |
| 2147 int c; | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2150 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2151 int n; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2156 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2157 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2158 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2161 } | |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 void | |
| 2164 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2165 char_u *buf; | |
| 2166 int charlen; | |
| 2167 { | |
| 2168 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2169 #endif | |
| 2170 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2171 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2172 char_u *p; | |
| 2173 char_u *newp; | |
| 2174 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2175 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2176 colnr_T col; | |
| 2177 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2178 int i; | |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2181 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2182 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2183 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2184 #endif | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2187 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2188 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2191 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2193 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2194 #else | |
| 2195 newlen = 1; | |
| 2196 #endif | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2199 { | |
| 2200 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2201 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2202 { | |
| 2203 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2204 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2205 int old_list; | |
| 2206 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2207 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2208 #endif | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 /* | |
| 2211 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2212 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2213 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2214 */ | |
| 2215 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2216 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2217 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 /* | |
| 2220 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2221 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2222 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2223 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2224 */ | |
| 2225 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2226 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2227 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2228 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2229 #endif | |
| 2230 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2231 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2232 { | |
| 2233 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2234 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2235 * position. */ | |
| 2236 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2237 break; | |
| 2238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2239 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2240 #else |
| 2241 ++oldlen; | |
| 2242 #endif | |
| 2243 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2244 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2245 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2246 } | |
| 2247 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2248 } | |
| 2249 else | |
| 2250 #endif | |
| 2251 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2255 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2256 #else |
| 2257 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2258 #endif | |
| 2259 } | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2263 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2264 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2265 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2266 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2267 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2268 { | |
| 2269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2270 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2271 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2272 else | |
| 2273 #endif | |
| 2274 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2275 } |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2279 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2280 return; | |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2283 if (col > 0) | |
| 2284 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2287 p = newp + col; | |
| 2288 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2289 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2293 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2294 i = charlen; | |
| 2295 #else | |
| 2296 *p = c; | |
| 2297 i = 1; | |
| 2298 #endif | |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2301 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2302 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2305 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2308 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 /* | |
| 2311 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2312 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2313 */ | |
| 2314 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2315 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 2316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2317 && charlen == 1 | |
| 2318 #endif | |
| 674 | 2319 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2320 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2321 #endif | |
| 7 | 2322 ) |
| 2323 showmatch(c); | |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2326 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2327 #endif | |
| 2328 { | |
| 2329 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2331 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2332 #else | |
| 2333 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2334 #endif | |
| 2335 } | |
| 2336 /* | |
| 2337 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2338 */ | |
| 2339 } | |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 /* | |
| 2342 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2343 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2344 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2345 */ | |
| 2346 void | |
| 2347 ins_str(s) | |
| 2348 char_u *s; | |
| 2349 { | |
| 2350 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2351 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2352 int oldlen; | |
| 2353 colnr_T col; | |
| 2354 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2357 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2358 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2359 #endif | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2362 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2363 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2366 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2367 return; | |
| 2368 if (col > 0) | |
| 2369 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2370 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2371 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2372 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2373 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2374 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2375 } | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 /* | |
| 2378 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2379 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2380 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2381 * | |
| 2382 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2383 */ | |
| 2384 int | |
| 2385 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2386 int fixpos; | |
| 2387 { | |
| 2388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2389 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2390 { | |
| 2391 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2392 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2393 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2394 return FAIL; | |
| 2395 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2396 } | |
| 2397 #endif | |
| 610 | 2398 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2399 } |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2402 /* | |
| 2403 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2404 */ | |
| 2405 int | |
| 2406 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2407 long count; | |
| 2408 int fixpos; | |
| 2409 { | |
| 2410 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2411 long i; | |
| 2412 char_u *p; | |
| 2413 int l; | |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2416 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2417 { | |
| 474 | 2418 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2419 bytes += l; |
| 2420 p += l; | |
| 2421 } | |
| 610 | 2422 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2423 } |
| 2424 #endif | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 /* | |
| 2427 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2428 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2429 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2430 * | |
| 2431 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2432 */ | |
| 2433 int | |
| 777 | 2434 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2435 long count; |
| 777 | 2436 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2437 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2438 { |
| 2439 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2440 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2441 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2442 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2443 int was_alloced; | |
| 2444 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2445 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2446 |
| 2447 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2448 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 /* | |
| 2451 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2452 */ | |
| 2453 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2454 return FAIL; | |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2457 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2458 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2459 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2460 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2461 { |
| 714 | 2462 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2463 int n; |
| 2464 | |
| 714 | 2465 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2466 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2467 { |
| 2468 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2469 n = col; | |
| 2470 do | |
| 2471 { | |
| 2472 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2473 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2474 n += count; |
| 2475 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2476 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2477 } | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 #endif | |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 /* | |
| 2482 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2483 */ | |
| 2484 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2485 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2486 { | |
| 2487 /* | |
| 2488 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2489 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2490 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2491 */ |
| 777 | 2492 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2493 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2494 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2495 #endif | |
| 2496 ) | |
| 7 | 2497 { |
| 2498 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2499 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2500 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2501 #endif | |
| 2502 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2503 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2504 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2505 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2506 #endif | |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2509 movelen = 1; | |
| 2510 } | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 /* | |
| 2513 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2514 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2515 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2516 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2517 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2518 */ |
| 2519 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2520 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2521 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2522 else | |
| 2523 #endif | |
| 2524 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2525 if (was_alloced) |
| 2526 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2527 else | |
| 2528 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2529 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2530 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2531 return FAIL; | |
| 2532 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2533 } | |
| 2534 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2535 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2536 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2539 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 return OK; | |
| 2542 } | |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 /* | |
| 2545 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2546 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2547 * | |
| 2548 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2549 */ | |
| 2550 int | |
| 2551 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2552 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2553 { | |
| 2554 char_u *newp; | |
| 2555 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2556 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 if (col == 0) | |
| 2559 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2560 else | |
| 2561 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2564 return FAIL; | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2569 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 /* | |
| 2572 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2573 */ | |
| 2574 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2575 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 return OK; | |
| 2578 } | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 /* | |
| 2581 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2582 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2583 */ | |
| 2584 void | |
| 2585 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2586 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2587 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2588 { | |
| 2589 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2590 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2591 |
| 2592 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2593 return; | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2596 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2597 return; |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2600 { | |
| 2601 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2602 break; | |
| 2603 | |
| 1929 | 2604 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2605 ++n; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2608 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2609 break; |
| 2610 } | |
| 1929 | 2611 |
| 2612 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2613 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2614 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2615 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2616 |
| 2617 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2618 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2619 } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 int | |
| 2622 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2623 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2628 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2629 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2630 #endif | |
| 2631 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 int | |
| 2635 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2636 { | |
| 2637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2638 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2639 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2640 #endif | |
| 2641 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 /* | |
| 2645 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2646 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2647 */ | |
| 2648 void | |
| 2649 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2650 int c; | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2653 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 /* | |
| 2657 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2658 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2659 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2660 * the line. | |
| 2661 */ | |
| 2662 int | |
| 2663 inindent(extra) | |
| 2664 int extra; | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2667 colnr_T col; | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2670 ++ptr; | |
| 2671 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2672 return TRUE; | |
| 2673 else | |
| 2674 return FALSE; | |
| 2675 } | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 /* | |
| 2678 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2679 */ | |
| 2680 char_u * | |
| 2681 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2682 char_u *p; | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2685 ++p; | |
| 2686 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2687 ++p; | |
| 2688 return p; | |
| 2689 } | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 /* | |
| 2189 | 2692 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2693 * |
| 2694 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2695 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2696 * |
| 2697 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2698 */ |
| 2699 void | |
| 2700 changed() | |
| 2701 { | |
| 2702 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2703 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2704 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2705 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2706 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2707 return; | |
| 2708 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2709 #endif | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2714 | |
| 819 | 2715 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2716 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2717 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2718 |
| 7 | 2719 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2720 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2721 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2722 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2723 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2724 #endif | |
| 2725 ) | |
| 2726 { | |
| 2727 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2730 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2731 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2732 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2733 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2734 { | |
| 2735 out_flush(); | |
| 2736 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2737 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2738 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2739 } | |
| 2740 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2741 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2742 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2743 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2744 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2746 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2747 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2748 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2749 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2750 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2751 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2752 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2753 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2754 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2755 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2756 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2757 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2758 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2759 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2760 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2761 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
| 265 | 2763 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2764 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2765 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 /* | |
| 2768 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2769 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2770 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2771 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2772 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2773 */ |
| 2774 void | |
| 2775 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2776 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2777 colnr_T col; | |
| 2778 { | |
| 265 | 2779 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2780 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2781 |
| 2782 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2783 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2784 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2785 { | |
| 2786 win_T *wp; | |
| 2787 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2790 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2791 { | |
| 2792 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2793 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2794 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2795 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2796 } | |
| 2797 } | |
| 2798 #endif | |
| 7 | 2799 } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 static void | |
| 265 | 2802 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2803 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2804 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2805 { | |
| 265 | 2806 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2807 { |
| 2808 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2809 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2810 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2811 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2812 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2813 } |
| 2814 else | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2817 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2818 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2819 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2820 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2821 } |
| 2822 } | |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 /* | |
| 2825 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2826 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2827 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2828 */ | |
| 2829 void | |
| 2830 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2831 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2832 long count; | |
| 2833 { | |
| 2834 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2835 } | |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 /* | |
| 2838 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2839 */ | |
| 2840 void | |
| 2841 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2842 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2843 long count; | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2846 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 /* | |
| 2850 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2851 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2852 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2853 */ | |
| 2854 void | |
| 2855 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2856 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2857 long count; | |
| 2858 { | |
| 2859 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2860 } | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 /* | |
| 2863 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2864 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2865 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2866 */ |
| 2867 void | |
| 2868 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2869 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2870 long count; | |
| 2871 { | |
| 2872 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2873 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2874 } | |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 /* | |
| 2877 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2878 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2879 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2880 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2881 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2882 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2883 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2884 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2885 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2886 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2887 */ |
| 2888 void | |
| 2889 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2890 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2891 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2892 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2893 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2894 { | |
| 265 | 2895 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2898 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2899 { | |
| 2900 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2901 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2902 * displaying. */ | |
| 2903 win_T *wp; | |
| 2904 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2907 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2908 { | |
| 2909 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2910 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2911 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2912 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2913 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2914 } | |
| 2915 } | |
| 2916 #endif | |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 static void | |
| 2922 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2923 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2924 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2925 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2926 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2927 { | |
| 2928 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2929 { |
| 2930 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2931 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2932 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2933 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2934 { |
| 2935 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2936 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2937 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2938 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2939 } |
| 265 | 2940 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2941 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2942 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2943 } |
| 2944 else | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2947 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2948 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2949 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2950 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2951 } | |
| 7 | 2952 } |
| 2953 | |
| 2189 | 2954 /* |
| 2955 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2956 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2957 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2958 */ | |
| 7 | 2959 static void |
| 2960 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2961 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2962 colnr_T col; | |
| 2963 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2964 long xtra; | |
| 2965 { | |
| 2966 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2967 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2968 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2969 #endif | |
| 7 | 2970 int i; |
| 2971 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2972 int cols; | |
| 2973 pos_T *p; | |
| 2974 int add; | |
| 2975 #endif | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2978 changed(); | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2981 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2982 { | |
| 2983 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2984 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2987 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2988 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2989 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2990 { | |
| 2991 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2992 add = TRUE; | |
| 2993 else | |
| 2994 { | |
| 2995 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2996 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2997 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2998 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2999 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 3000 add = TRUE; | |
| 3001 else | |
| 3002 { | |
| 3003 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 3004 if (cols == 0) | |
| 3005 cols = 79; | |
| 3006 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 } | |
| 3009 if (add) | |
| 3010 { | |
| 3011 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 3012 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 3013 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 3014 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 3017 { | |
| 3018 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 3019 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 3020 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3021 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3022 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3023 { |
| 3024 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3025 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3026 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3027 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3028 } | |
| 3029 } | |
| 1863 | 3030 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3031 { |
| 3032 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3033 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3034 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3035 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3036 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3037 } | |
| 3038 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3039 } | |
| 3040 } | |
| 3041 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3042 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3043 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3044 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3045 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3046 #endif | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 | |
| 1863 | 3049 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3050 { |
| 3051 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3052 { | |
| 3053 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3054 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3055 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3058 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3059 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3060 /* | |
| 3061 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3062 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3063 */ | |
| 3064 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3067 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3068 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3069 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3070 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3071 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3072 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3073 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3074 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3075 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3076 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3079 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3080 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3081 { | |
| 3082 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3083 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3084 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3085 } | |
| 3086 #endif | |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3089 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3090 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3091 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3092 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3093 { | |
| 3094 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3095 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3096 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3100 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3101 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3102 * after the change. */ | |
| 3103 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3104 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3105 { | |
| 3106 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3107 { | |
| 3108 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3109 { | |
| 3110 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3111 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3112 } | |
| 3113 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3114 { | |
| 3115 /* line below change */ | |
| 3116 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3118 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3119 #endif | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 } | |
| 3122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3123 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3126 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3127 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3128 } | |
| 3129 #endif | |
| 3130 } | |
| 1987 | 3131 |
| 3132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3133 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3134 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3135 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3136 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3137 #endif | |
| 7 | 3138 } |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3142 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3143 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3144 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3145 |
| 3146 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3147 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3148 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3149 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3150 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3151 #endif | |
| 7 | 3152 } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 /* | |
| 3155 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3156 */ | |
| 3157 void | |
| 3158 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3159 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3160 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3161 { | |
| 2685 | 3162 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3163 { |
| 3164 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3165 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3166 if (ff) |
| 3167 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3168 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3169 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3170 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3171 #endif |
| 3172 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3173 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3174 #endif | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3177 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3178 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3179 #endif | |
| 3180 } | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3183 /* | |
| 3184 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3185 * need to be updated | |
| 3186 */ | |
| 3187 void | |
| 3188 check_status(buf) | |
| 3189 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3190 { | |
| 3191 win_T *wp; | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3194 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3195 { | |
| 3196 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3197 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3198 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3199 } | |
| 3200 } | |
| 3201 #endif | |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 /* | |
| 3204 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3205 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3206 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3207 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3208 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3209 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3210 */ |
| 3211 void | |
| 3212 change_warning(col) | |
| 3213 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3214 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3215 { | |
| 1848 | 3216 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3217 | |
| 7 | 3218 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3219 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3220 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3221 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3222 #endif | |
| 3223 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3224 { | |
| 3225 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3226 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3227 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3228 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3229 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3230 return; | |
| 3231 #endif | |
| 3232 /* | |
| 3233 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3234 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3235 */ | |
| 3236 msg_start(); | |
| 3237 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3238 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3239 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3240 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3241 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3242 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3243 #endif | |
| 7 | 3244 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3245 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3246 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3247 { | |
| 3248 out_flush(); | |
| 3249 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3252 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3253 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3254 showmode(); | |
| 3255 } | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 /* | |
| 3259 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3260 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3261 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3262 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3263 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3264 * | |
| 3265 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3266 */ | |
| 3267 int | |
| 3268 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3269 char_u *str; | |
| 3270 int direct; | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 int r = ' '; | |
| 3273 int save_State = State; | |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3276 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3277 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3278 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3279 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3280 #endif | |
| 3281 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3282 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3283 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3284 #endif | |
| 3285 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3286 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3289 { | |
| 3290 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3291 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3292 if (direct) | |
| 3293 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3294 else | |
| 1474 | 3295 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3296 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3297 r = 'n'; | |
| 3298 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3299 out_flush(); | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3302 State = save_State; | |
| 3303 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3304 setmouse(); | |
| 3305 #endif | |
| 3306 --no_mapping; | |
| 3307 --allow_keys; | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 return r; | |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 /* | |
| 3313 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3314 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3315 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3316 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3317 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3318 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3319 */ | |
| 3320 int | |
| 3321 get_keystroke() | |
| 3322 { | |
| 3328 | 3323 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3324 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3325 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3326 int len = 0; |
| 3327 int n; | |
| 3328 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3329 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3330 |
| 3331 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3332 for (;;) | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3334 cursor_on(); | |
| 3335 out_flush(); | |
| 3336 | |
| 3328 | 3337 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3338 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3339 * bytes. */ | |
| 3340 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3341 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3342 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3343 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3596 | 3345 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3346 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3347 buflen += 100; | |
| 3348 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3349 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3350 } | |
| 3351 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3352 { | |
| 3353 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3354 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3355 } | |
| 3356 | |
| 7 | 3357 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3358 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3359 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3360 if (n > 0) |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3363 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3364 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3365 waited = 0; |
| 3366 } | |
| 3367 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3368 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3371 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3372 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3373 continue; |
| 964 | 3374 |
| 2672 | 3375 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3376 { |
| 2723 | 3377 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3378 { |
| 3379 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3380 update_screen(0); | |
| 3381 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3382 } | |
| 2672 | 3383 continue; |
| 2721 | 3384 } |
| 2672 | 3385 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3386 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3387 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3388 continue; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3391 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3392 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3393 { | |
| 3394 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3395 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3396 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 3397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3398 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3399 || n == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3400 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3401 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3402 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3403 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3404 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3405 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3406 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3407 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3408 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3409 || n == K_MOUSEUP | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3410 || n == K_MOUSELEFT |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3411 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT |
| 7 | 3412 || n == K_X1MOUSE |
| 3413 || n == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3414 || n == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3415 || n == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3416 || n == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3417 || n == K_X2RELEASE | |
| 3418 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3419 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3420 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3421 # endif | |
| 3422 #endif | |
| 3423 ) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3426 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3427 len -= 3; | |
| 3428 if (len > 0) | |
| 3429 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3430 continue; | |
| 3431 } | |
| 828 | 3432 break; |
| 7 | 3433 } |
| 3434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3435 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3438 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3439 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3440 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3441 } | |
| 3442 #endif | |
| 3443 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3444 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3445 n = ESC; | |
| 3446 #endif | |
| 3447 break; | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3328 | 3449 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3450 |
| 3451 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3452 return n; | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 /* | |
| 374 | 3456 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3457 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3458 */ |
| 3459 int | |
| 374 | 3460 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3461 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3462 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3463 { |
| 3464 int n = 0; | |
| 3465 int c; | |
| 810 | 3466 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3467 |
| 374 | 3468 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3469 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3470 | |
| 7 | 3471 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3472 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3473 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3474 return 0; | |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3477 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3478 #endif | |
| 3479 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3480 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3481 for (;;) | |
| 3482 { | |
| 3483 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3484 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3485 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3486 { | |
| 3487 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3488 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3489 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3490 } |
| 3491 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3492 { | |
| 810 | 3493 if (typed > 0) |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3496 --typed; | |
| 3497 } | |
| 7 | 3498 n /= 10; |
| 3499 } | |
| 374 | 3500 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3501 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3502 { | |
| 3503 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3504 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3505 break; | |
| 3506 } | |
| 3507 #endif | |
| 7 | 3508 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3511 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3512 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3513 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3514 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3515 break; | |
| 3516 } | |
| 3517 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3518 break; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 --no_mapping; | |
| 3521 --allow_keys; | |
| 3522 return n; | |
| 3523 } | |
| 3524 | |
| 323 | 3525 /* |
| 3526 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3527 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3528 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3529 */ |
| 3530 int | |
| 374 | 3531 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3532 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3533 { |
| 3534 int i; | |
| 344 | 3535 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3536 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3537 |
| 3538 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3539 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3540 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3541 else |
| 1733 | 3542 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3543 |
| 957 | 3544 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3545 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3546 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3547 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3548 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3549 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3550 |
| 3551 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3552 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3555 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3556 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3557 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3558 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3559 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3560 } |
| 344 | 3561 else |
| 3562 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3563 State = save_State; | |
| 3564 | |
| 323 | 3565 return i; |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 | |
| 7 | 3568 void |
| 3569 msgmore(n) | |
| 3570 long n; | |
| 3571 { | |
| 3572 long pn; | |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3575 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3576 return; | |
| 3577 | |
| 135 | 3578 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3579 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3580 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3581 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3582 return; | |
| 3583 | |
| 7 | 3584 if (n > 0) |
| 3585 pn = n; | |
| 3586 else | |
| 3587 pn = -n; | |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3594 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3595 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3596 else |
| 2768 | 3597 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3598 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3599 } |
| 3600 else | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3603 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3604 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3605 else |
| 2768 | 3606 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3607 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3608 } |
| 3609 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3610 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3611 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3612 { | |
| 680 | 3613 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3614 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3615 } |
| 3616 } | |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 /* | |
| 3620 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3621 */ | |
| 3622 void | |
| 3623 beep_flush() | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3628 vim_beep(); | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 } | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 /* | |
| 3633 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3634 */ | |
| 3635 void | |
| 3636 vim_beep() | |
| 3637 { | |
| 3638 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3639 { | |
| 3640 if (p_vb | |
| 3641 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3642 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3643 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3644 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3645 #endif | |
| 3646 ) | |
| 3647 { | |
| 3648 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3649 } | |
| 3650 else | |
| 3651 { | |
| 3652 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3653 /* | |
| 3654 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3655 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3656 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3657 */ | |
| 3658 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3659 { | |
| 3660 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3661 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 else | |
| 3664 ++beep_count; | |
| 3665 #else | |
| 3666 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3667 #endif | |
| 3668 } | |
| 169 | 3669 |
| 3670 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3671 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3672 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3673 { | |
| 3674 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3675 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3676 } | |
| 7 | 3677 } |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 /* | |
| 3681 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3682 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3683 * For Unix: | |
| 3684 * - go to that directory | |
| 3685 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3686 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3687 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3688 */ | |
| 3689 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 void | |
| 3692 init_homedir() | |
| 3693 { | |
| 3694 char_u *var; | |
| 3695 | |
| 170 | 3696 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3697 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3698 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3699 | |
| 7 | 3700 #ifdef VMS |
| 3701 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3702 #else | |
| 3703 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3704 #endif | |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3707 var = NULL; | |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3710 /* | |
| 3711 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3712 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3713 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3714 */ | |
| 3715 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3716 { | |
| 3717 char_u *p; | |
| 3718 char_u *exp; | |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3721 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3722 { | |
| 419 | 3723 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3724 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3725 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3726 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 274 | 3728 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3729 var = NameBuff; |
| 3730 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3731 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3732 } | |
| 3733 } | |
| 3734 } | |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 /* | |
| 3737 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3738 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3739 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3740 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3741 */ | |
| 3742 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3743 { | |
| 3744 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3747 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3748 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3749 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3750 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3751 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3754 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3755 { | |
| 3756 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3757 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3758 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3759 } | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 } | |
| 170 | 3762 |
| 3763 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3764 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3767 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3768 |
| 3769 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3770 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3771 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3772 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 homedir = pp; | |
| 3775 return; | |
| 3776 } | |
| 3777 } | |
| 3778 # endif | |
| 7 | 3779 #endif |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3782 /* | |
| 3783 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3784 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3785 */ | |
| 3786 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3787 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3788 #endif | |
| 3789 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3790 { | |
| 3791 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3792 /* | |
| 3793 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3794 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3795 */ | |
| 3796 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3797 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3798 { | |
| 3799 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3800 var = IObuff; | |
| 3801 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3802 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3803 } | |
| 3804 #endif | |
| 3805 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3806 } | |
| 3807 } | |
| 3808 | |
| 359 | 3809 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3810 void | |
| 3811 free_homedir() | |
| 3812 { | |
| 3813 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 #endif | |
| 3816 | |
| 7 | 3817 /* |
| 1408 | 3818 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3819 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3820 * again soon. | |
| 3821 */ | |
| 3822 char_u * | |
| 3823 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3824 char_u *src; | |
| 3825 { | |
| 3826 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 /* | |
| 3830 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3831 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3832 */ | |
| 3833 char_u * | |
| 3834 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3835 char_u *src; | |
| 3836 int one; | |
| 3837 { | |
| 3838 char_u *p; | |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3841 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3842 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3843 return p; | |
| 3844 } | |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 /* | |
| 7 | 3847 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3848 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3849 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3850 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3851 */ | |
| 3852 void | |
| 3853 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3854 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3855 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3856 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3857 { | |
| 1408 | 3858 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3859 } |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 void | |
| 1408 | 3862 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3863 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3864 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3865 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3866 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3867 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3868 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3871 char_u *tail; |
| 3872 int c; | |
| 3873 char_u *var; | |
| 3874 int copy_char; | |
| 3875 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3876 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3877 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3880 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3881 |
| 3882 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3883 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3884 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3885 { | |
| 3886 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3887 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3888 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3889 && at_start | |
| 3890 #endif | |
| 3891 ) | |
| 7 | 3892 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3893 || *src == '%' | |
| 3894 #endif | |
| 3895 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 /* | |
| 3900 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3901 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3902 */ | |
| 3903 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3904 { | |
| 3905 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3906 var = dst; | |
| 3907 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3910 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3911 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3912 { | |
| 3913 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3914 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3915 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3916 } | |
| 3917 else | |
| 3918 #endif | |
| 3919 { | |
| 3920 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3921 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3922 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3923 #endif | |
| 3924 )) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3927 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3928 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3929 #else | |
| 3930 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3931 #endif | |
| 3932 } | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3936 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3937 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3938 # else | |
| 3939 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3940 # endif | |
| 3941 var = NULL; | |
| 3942 else | |
| 3943 { | |
| 3944 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3945 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3946 # else | |
| 3947 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3948 #endif | |
| 3949 ++tail; | |
| 3950 #endif | |
| 3951 *var = NUL; | |
| 3952 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3953 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 #endif | |
| 3956 } | |
| 3957 /* home directory */ | |
| 3958 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3959 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3960 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3961 { | |
| 3962 var = homedir; | |
| 3963 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3966 { | |
| 3967 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3968 /* | |
| 3969 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3970 */ | |
| 3971 tail = src; | |
| 3972 var = dst; | |
| 3973 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3974 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3975 && *tail | |
| 3976 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3977 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3978 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3979 *var = NUL; | |
| 3980 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3981 /* | |
| 3982 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3983 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3984 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3985 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3986 */ | |
| 3987 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3988 { | |
| 3989 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3990 | |
| 626 | 3991 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3992 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3993 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3994 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3995 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3996 else | |
| 3997 var = NULL; | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 if (var == NULL) | |
| 4000 # endif | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4005 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4006 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4007 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4008 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4012 /* | |
| 4013 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4014 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4015 */ | |
| 4016 { | |
| 4017 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4018 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4019 struct stat st; | |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4022 next_path = paths; | |
| 4023 while (*next_path) | |
| 4024 { | |
| 4025 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4026 next_path++); | |
| 4027 if (*next_path) | |
| 4028 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4029 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4030 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4031 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4032 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4033 { | |
| 4034 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4035 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4036 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4037 break; | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4042 #else | |
| 4043 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4044 var = NULL; | |
| 4045 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4046 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4047 } | |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4050 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4051 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4052 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4057 { | |
| 4058 if (mustfree) | |
| 4059 vim_free(var); | |
| 4060 var = p; | |
| 4061 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4062 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4063 } | |
| 4064 } | |
| 4065 #endif | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4068 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4069 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4070 { | |
| 4071 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4074 { | |
| 4075 if (mustfree) | |
| 4076 vim_free(var); | |
| 4077 var = p; | |
| 4078 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 } | |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4083 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4084 { | |
| 4085 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4086 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4087 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4088 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4089 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4090 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4091 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4092 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4093 #endif | |
| 4094 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4095 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4096 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4097 src = tail; |
| 4098 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 if (mustfree) | |
| 4101 vim_free(var); | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4105 { | |
| 4106 /* | |
| 1224 | 4107 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4108 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4109 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4110 */ |
| 4111 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4112 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4113 { | |
| 4114 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4115 --dstlen; | |
| 4116 } | |
| 1408 | 4117 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4118 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4119 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4120 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4121 |
| 4122 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4123 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4124 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4125 } |
| 4126 } | |
| 4127 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4128 } | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 /* | |
| 4131 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4132 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4133 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4134 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4135 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4136 */ |
| 4137 char_u * | |
| 4138 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4139 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4140 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4141 { |
| 4142 char_u *p; | |
| 4143 char_u *pend; | |
| 4144 int vimruntime; | |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4147 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4148 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4149 return homedir; | |
| 4150 #endif | |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4153 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4154 p = NULL; | |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4157 { |
| 4158 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4159 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4160 { | |
| 4161 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4162 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4163 |
| 4164 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4165 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4166 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4167 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 p = pp; | |
| 4170 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 #endif | |
| 7 | 4174 return p; |
| 170 | 4175 } |
| 7 | 4176 |
| 4177 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4178 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4179 return NULL; | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 /* | |
| 4182 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4183 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4184 */ | |
| 4185 if (vimruntime | |
| 4186 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4187 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4188 #endif | |
| 4189 ) | |
| 4190 { | |
| 4191 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4192 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4193 p = NULL; | |
| 4194 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4195 { | |
| 4196 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4197 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4198 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4199 else | |
| 4200 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4201 |
| 4202 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4203 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4206 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4207 |
| 4208 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4209 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4210 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4211 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4212 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4213 { | |
| 2786 | 4214 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4215 vim_free(p); |
| 4216 p = pp; | |
| 4217 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4218 } | |
| 4219 } | |
| 4220 #endif | |
| 7 | 4221 } |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 /* | |
| 4225 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4226 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4227 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4228 */ | |
| 4229 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4230 { | |
| 4231 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4232 p = p_hf; | |
| 4233 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4234 /* | |
| 4235 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4236 */ | |
| 4237 else | |
| 4238 p = exe_name; | |
| 4239 #endif | |
| 4240 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4241 { | |
| 4242 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4243 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4246 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4247 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4250 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4251 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4252 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4253 { | |
| 4254 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4255 char_u *pnew; |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4258 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4259 { | |
| 4260 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4261 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4262 { | |
| 4263 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4264 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4265 p = pnew; | |
| 4266 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4267 } | |
| 4268 } | |
| 7 | 4269 } |
| 4270 # endif | |
| 4271 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4272 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4273 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4274 #endif | |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4277 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4280 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4281 } | |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4284 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4285 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4286 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4287 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4288 --pend; |
| 4289 #endif | |
| 4290 | |
| 768 | 4291 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4292 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4293 #endif | |
| 4294 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4295 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4296 |
| 4297 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4298 { | |
| 4299 vim_free(p); | |
| 4300 p = NULL; | |
| 4301 } | |
| 4302 else | |
| 4303 { | |
| 4304 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4305 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4306 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4307 { | |
| 4308 vim_free(p); | |
| 4309 p = pend; | |
| 4310 } | |
| 4311 #endif | |
| 4312 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 } | |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4318 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4319 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4320 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4321 { | |
| 4322 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4323 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4324 { | |
| 4325 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4326 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4329 { | |
| 4330 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4331 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4332 else | |
| 4333 { | |
| 4334 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4335 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 } | |
| 4339 #endif | |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 /* | |
| 4342 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4343 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4344 */ | |
| 4345 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4346 { | |
| 4347 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4348 { | |
| 4349 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4350 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4351 } | |
| 4352 else | |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4355 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4356 } | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 return p; | |
| 4359 } | |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 /* | |
| 4362 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4363 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4364 */ | |
| 4365 static char_u * | |
| 4366 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4367 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4368 { | |
| 4369 char_u *p; | |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4372 return NULL; | |
| 4373 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4374 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4375 return p; | |
| 4376 vim_free(p); | |
| 4377 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4378 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4379 return p; | |
| 4380 vim_free(p); | |
| 4381 return NULL; | |
| 4382 } | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 /* | |
| 4385 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4386 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4387 */ | |
| 4388 static char_u * | |
| 4389 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4390 char_u *p; | |
| 4391 char_u *pend; | |
| 4392 char_u *name; | |
| 4393 { | |
| 4394 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4395 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 if (newend >= p | |
| 4398 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4399 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4400 return newend; |
| 4401 return pend; | |
| 4402 } | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 /* | |
| 4405 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4406 */ | |
| 4407 void | |
| 4408 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4409 char_u *name; | |
| 4410 char_u *val; | |
| 4411 { | |
| 4412 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4413 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4414 #else | |
| 4415 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 /* | |
| 4418 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4419 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4420 */ | |
| 4421 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4422 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4423 { | |
| 4424 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4425 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4426 } | |
| 4427 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4428 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4429 /* | |
| 4430 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4431 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4432 */ | |
| 4433 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4434 { | |
| 4435 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4438 { | |
| 4439 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4440 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4441 } | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 #endif | |
| 7 | 4444 } |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4447 /* | |
| 4448 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4449 */ | |
| 4450 char_u * | |
| 4451 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4452 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4453 int idx; |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4456 /* | |
| 4457 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4458 */ | |
| 4459 return NULL; | |
| 4460 # else | |
| 4461 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4462 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4463 extern char **environ; | |
| 4464 # endif | |
| 17 | 4465 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4466 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4467 char_u *str; |
| 4468 int n; | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4471 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4472 return NULL; | |
| 4473 | |
| 17 | 4474 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4475 { |
| 4476 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4477 break; | |
| 4478 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4481 return name; | |
| 4482 # endif | |
| 4483 } | |
| 4484 #endif | |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 /* | |
| 4487 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4488 * 'src'. | |
| 4489 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4490 */ | |
| 4491 void | |
| 4492 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4493 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4494 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4495 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4496 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4497 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4498 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4499 { | |
| 4500 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4501 size_t len; | |
| 4502 char_u *homedir_env; | |
| 4503 char_u *p; | |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4506 { | |
| 4507 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4508 return; | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 /* | |
| 4512 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4513 */ | |
| 4514 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4515 { | |
| 4516 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4517 return; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 /* | |
| 4521 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4522 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4523 */ | |
| 4524 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4525 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4528 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 4529 #else | |
| 4530 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 4531 #endif | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4534 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4535 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4536 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 if (!one) | |
| 4539 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4540 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 /* | |
| 4543 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4544 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4545 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4546 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4547 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4548 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4549 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4550 */ | |
| 4551 p = homedir; | |
| 4552 len = dirlen; | |
| 4553 for (;;) | |
| 4554 { | |
| 4555 if ( len | |
| 4556 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4557 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4558 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4559 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4560 { | |
| 4561 src += len; | |
| 4562 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4563 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 /* | |
| 4566 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4567 */ | |
| 4568 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4569 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4570 break; | |
| 4571 } | |
| 4572 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4573 break; | |
| 4574 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4575 len = envlen; | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4579 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4580 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4581 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4582 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4583 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4588 } | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 /* | |
| 4591 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4592 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4593 */ | |
| 4594 char_u * | |
| 4595 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4596 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4597 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4598 { | |
| 4599 char_u *dst; | |
| 4600 unsigned len; | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4603 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4604 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4605 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4606 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4607 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4608 return dst; | |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 /* | |
| 4612 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4613 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4614 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4615 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4616 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4617 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4618 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4619 */ | |
| 4620 int | |
| 4621 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4622 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4623 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4624 { | |
| 4625 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4626 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4627 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4628 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4629 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4630 int r1, r2; | |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4633 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4634 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4635 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4636 { | |
| 4637 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4638 if (checkname) | |
| 4639 { | |
| 4640 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4641 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4642 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4643 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4644 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4645 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4648 } | |
| 4649 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4650 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4651 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4652 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4653 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4654 #else | |
| 4655 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4656 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4657 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4658 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4659 int r1, r2; | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4662 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4665 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4668 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4669 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4672 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4673 { | |
| 4674 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4675 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4676 else | |
| 4677 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4680 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4681 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4682 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4683 else | |
| 4684 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4685 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4686 } | |
| 4687 return retval; | |
| 4688 #endif | |
| 4689 } | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 /* | |
| 10 | 4692 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4693 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4694 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4695 */ |
| 4696 char_u * | |
| 4697 gettail(fname) | |
| 4698 char_u *fname; | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4703 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4704 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4705 { | |
| 4706 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4707 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4708 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4709 } |
| 4710 return p1; | |
| 4711 } | |
| 4712 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4713 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4714 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4715 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4716 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4717 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4718 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4719 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4720 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4721 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4722 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4723 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4724 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4725 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4726 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4727 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4728 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4729 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4730 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4731 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4732 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4733 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4734 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4735 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4736 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4737 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4738 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4739 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4740 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4741 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4742 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4743 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4744 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4745 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4746 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4747 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4748 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4749 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4750 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4751 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4752 |
| 7 | 4753 /* |
| 39 | 4754 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4755 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4756 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4757 */ | |
| 4758 char_u * | |
| 4759 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4760 char_u *fname; | |
| 4761 { | |
| 4762 char_u *p; | |
| 4763 char_u *t; | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4766 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4767 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4768 --t; | |
| 4769 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4770 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4771 ++t; | |
| 4772 #endif | |
| 4773 return t; | |
| 4774 } | |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 /* | |
| 7 | 4777 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4778 */ | |
| 4779 char_u * | |
| 4780 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4781 char_u *fname; | |
| 4782 { | |
| 4783 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4784 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4785 if (*fname) |
| 4786 ++fname; | |
| 4787 return fname; | |
| 4788 } | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* | |
| 4791 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4792 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4793 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4794 */ | |
| 4795 char_u * | |
| 4796 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4797 char_u *path; | |
| 4798 { | |
| 4799 char_u *retval; | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4802 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4803 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4804 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4805 else | |
| 4806 retval = path; | |
| 4807 #else | |
| 4808 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4809 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4810 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4811 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4812 retval = path; | |
| 4813 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4814 retval = path; | |
| 4815 # endif | |
| 4816 #endif | |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4819 ++retval; | |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 return retval; | |
| 4822 } | |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 /* | |
| 4825 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4826 */ | |
| 4827 int | |
| 4828 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4829 int c; | |
| 4830 { | |
| 2823 | 4831 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4832 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4833 #else |
| 4834 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4835 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4836 # else |
| 4837 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4838 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4839 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4840 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4841 # else |
| 7 | 4842 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4843 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4844 # endif |
| 2823 | 4845 #endif |
| 7 | 4846 } |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4849 /* | |
| 4850 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4851 */ | |
| 4852 int | |
| 4853 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4854 int c; | |
| 4855 { | |
| 4856 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4857 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4858 #else | |
| 1224 | 4859 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4860 #endif |
| 4861 } | |
| 4862 #endif | |
| 4863 | |
| 819 | 4864 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4865 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4866 /* | |
| 4867 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4868 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4869 */ | |
| 4870 void | |
| 4871 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4872 char_u *str; | |
| 4873 { | |
| 4874 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4875 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4878 d = str; | |
| 4879 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4880 { | |
| 4881 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4884 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4885 break; | |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4888 { | |
| 4889 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4890 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4891 } | |
| 4892 else if (!skip) | |
| 4893 { | |
| 4894 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4895 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4896 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4897 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4898 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4899 { | |
| 4900 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 4903 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 4904 } |
| 4905 # endif | |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 #endif | |
| 4910 | |
| 594 | 4911 /* |
| 4912 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4913 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 4914 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 4915 */ | |
| 4916 int | |
| 4917 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 4918 char_u *fname; | |
| 4919 { | |
| 4920 char_u *p; | |
| 4921 int c; | |
| 4922 int retval; | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 4925 if (p == fname) | |
| 4926 return TRUE; | |
| 4927 c = *p; | |
| 4928 *p = NUL; | |
| 4929 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 4930 *p = c; | |
| 4931 return retval; | |
| 4932 } | |
| 4933 | |
| 7 | 4934 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
| 4935 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4936 /* | |
| 4937 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
| 4938 */ | |
| 4939 int | |
| 4940 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 4941 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4942 { | |
| 4943 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4944 } | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 int | |
| 4947 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 4948 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4949 size_t len; | |
| 4950 { | |
| 4951 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
| 4954 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
| 4955 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
| 4956 break; | |
| 4957 ++x; | |
| 4958 ++y; | |
| 4959 --len; | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 if (len == 0) | |
| 4962 return 0; | |
| 4963 return (*x - *y); | |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 #endif | |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 /* | |
| 4968 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 4969 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 4970 */ |
| 4971 char_u * | |
| 4972 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 4973 char_u *fname1; | |
| 4974 char_u *fname2; | |
| 4975 int sep; | |
| 4976 { | |
| 4977 char_u *dest; | |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 4980 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 4983 if (sep) | |
| 4984 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 4985 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 4986 } | |
| 4987 return dest; | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 | |
| 115 | 4990 /* |
| 4991 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 4992 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4993 */ | |
| 4994 char_u * | |
| 4995 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 4996 char_u *str1; | |
| 4997 char_u *str2; | |
| 4998 { | |
| 4999 char_u *dest; | |
| 5000 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5003 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5004 { | |
| 5005 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5006 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5007 } | |
| 5008 return dest; | |
| 5009 } | |
| 5010 | |
| 7 | 5011 /* |
| 5012 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5013 * separator. | |
| 5014 */ | |
| 5015 void | |
| 5016 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5017 char_u *p; | |
| 5018 { | |
| 39 | 5019 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5020 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5021 } | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 /* | |
| 5024 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5025 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5026 */ | |
| 5027 char_u * | |
| 5028 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5029 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5030 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5031 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5032 { |
| 5033 char_u *buf; | |
| 5034 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5037 return NULL; | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5040 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5041 { | |
| 5042 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5043 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5044 else | |
| 5045 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5046 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5047 } | |
| 5048 return new_fname; | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 /* | |
| 5056 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5057 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5058 */ | |
| 5059 pos_T * | |
| 5060 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5061 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5064 char_u *line; | |
| 5065 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5066 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 for (;;) | |
| 5069 { | |
| 5070 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5071 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5072 break; | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 /* | |
| 5075 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5076 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5077 */ | |
| 5078 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5079 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5080 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5081 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5082 break; |
| 5083 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5084 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5085 { | |
| 5086 pos = NULL; | |
| 5087 break; | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 } | |
| 7 | 5090 return pos; |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 /* | |
| 5094 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5095 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5096 */ | |
| 5097 static char_u * | |
| 5098 skip_string(p) | |
| 5099 char_u *p; | |
| 5100 { | |
| 5101 int i; | |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 /* | |
| 5104 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5105 */ | |
| 5106 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5107 { | |
| 5108 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5109 { | |
| 5110 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5111 break; | |
| 5112 i = 2; | |
| 5113 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5114 { | |
| 5115 ++i; | |
| 5116 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5117 ++i; | |
| 5118 } | |
| 5119 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 p += i; | |
| 5122 continue; | |
| 5123 } | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5126 { | |
| 5127 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5128 { | |
| 5129 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5130 ++p; | |
| 5131 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5132 break; | |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5135 continue; | |
| 5136 } | |
| 5137 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5138 } | |
| 5139 if (!*p) | |
| 5140 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5141 return p; | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 /* | |
| 5148 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5149 */ | |
| 5150 void | |
| 5151 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5152 { | |
| 5153 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5154 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5155 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5156 else | |
| 5157 # endif | |
| 5158 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5159 } | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 /* | |
| 5162 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5163 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5164 */ | |
| 5165 /* | |
| 5166 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5167 */ | |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5170 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5171 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5172 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5173 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5174 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5175 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5176 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 5177 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5178 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5179 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5180 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5181 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5182 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5183 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5184 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 5185 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 5186 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5187 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5188 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5189 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 5190 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 5191 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 5192 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5193 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 5194 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 5195 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 5196 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); | |
| 5197 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5198 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5199 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 5200 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 5201 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 5202 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5203 |
| 1096 | 5204 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 5205 | |
| 7 | 5206 /* |
| 5207 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5208 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5209 */ |
| 5210 static char_u * | |
| 5211 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5212 char_u *s; | |
| 5213 { | |
| 5214 while (*s) | |
| 5215 { | |
| 1096 | 5216 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5217 | |
| 7 | 5218 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5219 |
| 5220 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5221 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5222 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5223 { | |
| 5224 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5225 break; | |
| 5226 } | |
| 7 | 5227 if (*s != '/') |
| 5228 break; | |
| 5229 ++s; | |
| 5230 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5233 break; | |
| 5234 } | |
| 5235 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5236 break; | |
| 5237 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5238 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5239 { | |
| 5240 s += 2; | |
| 5241 break; | |
| 5242 } | |
| 5243 } | |
| 5244 return s; | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 /* | |
| 2805 | 5248 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5249 * not considered code. |
| 5250 */ | |
| 5251 static int | |
| 5252 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5253 char_u *s; | |
| 5254 { | |
| 5255 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5256 } | |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 /* | |
| 5259 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5260 */ | |
| 5261 static pos_T * | |
| 5262 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5263 { | |
| 5264 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5265 char_u *line; | |
| 5266 char_u *p; | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5269 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5270 { | |
| 5271 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5272 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5273 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5276 return &pos; | |
| 5277 } | |
| 5278 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5279 break; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 5281 return NULL; | |
| 5282 } | |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 /* | |
| 5285 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5286 */ | |
| 5287 static int | |
| 5288 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5289 char_u **s; | |
| 5290 { | |
| 5291 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5292 return FALSE; | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5295 (*s)++; | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5300 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 /* | |
| 5304 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5305 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 int | |
| 5308 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5309 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 char_u *s; | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 /* | |
| 5316 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5317 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5318 */ | |
| 5319 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5320 return FALSE; | |
| 5321 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5322 return FALSE; | |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5325 { | |
| 5326 /* | |
| 5327 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5328 * label. | |
| 5329 */ | |
| 5330 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5331 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5332 char_u *line; | |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5335 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5336 { | |
| 5337 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 /* | |
| 5340 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5341 */ | |
| 5342 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5343 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5344 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5347 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5348 continue; | |
| 5349 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5350 continue; | |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5353 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5354 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5355 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5356 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5357 return TRUE; | |
| 5358 return FALSE; | |
| 5359 } | |
| 5360 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5361 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5362 } | |
| 5363 return FALSE; | |
| 5364 } | |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 /* | |
| 5367 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations. | |
| 5368 * Q&D-Implementation: | |
| 5369 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line. | |
| 5370 */ | |
| 5371 static int | |
| 5372 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5373 { | |
| 5374 char_u *s; | |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7])) | |
| 5379 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); | |
| 5380 | |
| 3218 | 5381 if (STRNCMP(s, "static", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])) |
| 5382 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 5383 | |
| 7 | 5384 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) |
| 5385 return TRUE; | |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5388 return TRUE; | |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 return FALSE; | |
| 5391 } | |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 /* | |
| 5394 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5395 */ | |
| 5396 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5397 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5398 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5399 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5400 { |
| 5401 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5402 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
| 5403 { | |
| 5404 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5405 { | |
| 5406 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5407 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5408 { | |
| 5409 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5410 ++s; | |
| 5411 else | |
| 5412 return TRUE; | |
| 5413 } | |
| 5414 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5415 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5416 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5417 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5418 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5419 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5420 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5421 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5422 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5423 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5424 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5425 } |
| 7 | 5426 } |
| 5427 return FALSE; | |
| 5428 } | |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5431 return TRUE; | |
| 5432 return FALSE; | |
| 5433 } | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 /* | |
| 5436 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5437 */ | |
| 5438 static int | |
| 5439 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5440 char_u *s; | |
| 5441 { | |
| 5442 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5443 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5444 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5448 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5449 */ |
| 5450 int | |
| 5451 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5452 char_u *s; | |
| 5453 { | |
| 5454 int i; | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5457 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5458 i = 6; | |
| 5459 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5460 i = 9; | |
| 5461 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5462 i = 7; | |
| 5463 else | |
| 5464 return FALSE; | |
| 5465 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 | |
| 2857 | 5468 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5469 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 /* | |
| 5472 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5473 */ | |
| 5474 static int | |
| 5475 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5476 char_u *s; | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 char_u *p; | |
| 5479 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5482 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5485 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5488 { | |
| 5489 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5490 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5493 { | |
| 5494 break; | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5497 { | |
| 5498 if (has_name) | |
| 5499 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5500 ++p; | |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 else | |
| 5503 { | |
| 5504 return FALSE; | |
| 5505 } | |
| 5506 } | |
| 5507 return TRUE; | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 return FALSE; | |
| 5510 } | |
| 5511 | |
| 7 | 5512 /* |
| 5513 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5514 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5515 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5516 * ^ | |
| 5517 */ | |
| 5518 static char_u * | |
| 5519 after_label(l) | |
| 5520 char_u *l; | |
| 5521 { | |
| 5522 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5523 { | |
| 5524 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5525 { | |
| 5526 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5527 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5528 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5529 break; |
| 5530 } | |
| 5531 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5532 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5535 return NULL; | |
| 5536 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5537 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5538 return NULL; | |
| 5539 return l; | |
| 5540 } | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 /* | |
| 5543 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5544 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5545 */ | |
| 5546 static int | |
| 5547 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5548 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5549 { | |
| 5550 char_u *l; | |
| 5551 pos_T fp; | |
| 5552 colnr_T col; | |
| 5553 char_u *p; | |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5556 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5557 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5558 return 0; | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5561 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5562 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5563 return (int)col; | |
| 5564 } | |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 /* | |
| 5567 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5568 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5569 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5570 * ^ | |
| 5571 */ | |
| 5572 static int | |
| 5573 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5574 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5575 char_u **pp; | |
| 5576 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5577 { | |
| 5578 char_u *l; | |
| 5579 int amount; | |
| 5580 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5583 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5584 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5585 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5586 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5587 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5588 { |
| 5589 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5590 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5591 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5592 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5593 } | |
| 5594 else | |
| 5595 { | |
| 5596 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5597 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5598 } | |
| 5599 *pp = l; | |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5602 return amount; | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 /* | |
| 5606 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5607 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5608 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5609 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5610 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5611 */ | |
| 5612 static int | |
| 5613 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5614 { | |
| 5615 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5616 int len; | |
| 5617 pos_T fp; | |
| 5618 colnr_T col; | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5621 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5622 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5623 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5624 { | |
| 5625 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5626 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5627 } |
| 5628 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5629 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5630 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5631 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5632 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5633 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5634 { | |
| 5635 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5636 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5637 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5638 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5639 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5640 p = s; | |
| 5641 } | |
| 5642 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5643 ; | |
| 5644 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5645 return 0; | |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5648 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5649 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5650 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5651 return (int)col; | |
| 5652 } | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 /* | |
| 5655 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5656 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5657 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5658 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5659 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5660 * asdf\ | |
| 5661 * here"; | |
| 5662 */ | |
| 5663 static int | |
| 5664 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5665 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5666 { | |
| 5667 char_u *line; | |
| 5668 char_u *s; | |
| 5669 colnr_T col; | |
| 5670 pos_T fp; | |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5673 { | |
| 5674 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5675 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5676 return -1; | |
| 5677 } | |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5680 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5681 { | |
| 5682 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5683 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5684 else | |
| 5685 ++s; | |
| 5686 } | |
| 5687 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5688 return 0; | |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5691 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5692 return 0; | |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5695 ++s; | |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5698 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5699 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5700 return (int)col; | |
| 5701 } | |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 /* | |
| 5704 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5705 */ | |
| 5706 static int | |
| 5707 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5708 char_u *s; | |
| 5709 { | |
| 2776 | 5710 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5711 return TRUE; |
| 5712 return FALSE; | |
| 5713 } | |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 /* | |
| 5716 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5717 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5718 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5719 */ | |
| 5720 static int | |
| 5721 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5722 char_u **pp; | |
| 5723 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5724 { | |
| 5725 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5726 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5727 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5728 | |
| 408 | 5729 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5730 { |
| 5731 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5732 { | |
| 5733 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5734 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5735 break; | |
| 5736 } | |
| 5737 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5738 break; | |
| 5739 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5740 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5741 break; | |
| 5742 } | |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5745 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5746 return retval; | |
| 5747 } | |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 /* | |
| 5750 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5751 */ | |
| 5752 static int | |
| 5753 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5754 char_u *p; | |
| 5755 { | |
| 5756 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 /* | |
| 5760 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5761 */ | |
| 5762 static int | |
| 5763 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5764 char_u *p; | |
| 5765 { | |
| 5766 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5767 } | |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 /* | |
| 2805 | 5770 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5771 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5772 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5773 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5774 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5775 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5776 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5777 */ | |
| 5778 static int | |
| 5779 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5780 char_u *s; | |
| 5781 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5782 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5783 { | |
| 2843 | 5784 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5785 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5786 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5787 |
| 5788 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5791 found_start = *s; | |
| 5792 | |
| 2843 | 5793 if (!found_start) |
| 5794 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5795 | |
| 7 | 5796 while (*s) |
| 5797 { | |
| 5798 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5799 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5800 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5801 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5802 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5803 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5804 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5805 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5806 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5807 { | |
| 5808 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5809 return *s; | |
| 5810 else | |
| 5811 ++n_open; | |
| 5812 } | |
| 7 | 5813 |
| 5814 if (*s) | |
| 5815 s++; | |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 return found_start; | |
| 5818 } | |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 /* | |
| 5821 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5822 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5823 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5824 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5825 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5826 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5827 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5828 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5829 */ |
| 5830 static int | |
| 3220 | 5831 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5832 char_u **sp; |
| 5833 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5834 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5835 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5836 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5837 { |
| 5838 char_u *s; | |
| 5839 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5840 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5841 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5842 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5843 |
| 5844 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5845 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5846 else | |
| 5847 s = *sp; | |
| 5848 | |
| 3220 | 5849 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5850 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5851 { | |
| 5852 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5853 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5854 return FALSE; | |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5857 } | |
| 5858 | |
| 2776 | 5859 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 5860 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5861 return FALSE; | |
| 5862 | |
| 7 | 5863 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 5864 { | |
| 5865 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5866 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5867 else | |
| 5868 ++s; | |
| 5869 } | |
| 5870 if (*s != '(') | |
| 5871 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5874 { | |
| 5875 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5876 { | |
| 5877 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 5878 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 5879 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 5880 * defined(y) | |
| 5881 */ | |
| 5882 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 5883 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5884 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5885 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5886 goto done; | |
| 5887 } | |
| 2776 | 5888 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 5889 { | |
| 5890 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5893 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 5894 * func(arg1 | |
| 5895 * , arg2) */ | |
| 5896 for (;;) | |
| 5897 { | |
| 5898 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 5899 break; | |
| 5900 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 5901 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5902 break; | |
| 5903 } | |
| 7 | 5904 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 5905 break; | |
| 2776 | 5906 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 5907 * start of next line. */ | |
| 5908 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 5909 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 5910 break; |
| 3220 | 5911 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5912 } |
| 5913 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5914 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5915 else | |
| 3220 | 5916 { |
| 7 | 5917 ++s; |
| 3220 | 5918 just_started = FALSE; |
| 5919 } | |
| 7 | 5920 } |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 done: | |
| 5923 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 5924 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 return retval; | |
| 5927 } | |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 static int | |
| 5930 cin_isif(p) | |
| 5931 char_u *p; | |
| 5932 { | |
| 5933 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5934 } | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 static int | |
| 5937 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 5938 char_u *p; | |
| 5939 { | |
| 5940 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 5941 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5942 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 5943 } | |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 static int | |
| 5946 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 5947 char_u *p; | |
| 5948 { | |
| 5949 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5950 } | |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 /* | |
| 5953 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 5954 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 5955 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 5956 */ | |
| 5957 static int | |
| 5958 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 5959 char_u *p; | |
| 5960 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5961 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5962 { | |
| 5963 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5964 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5965 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5968 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5969 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5970 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])) | |
| 5971 { | |
| 5972 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5973 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5974 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5975 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5976 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 5977 { | |
| 5978 ++p; | |
| 5979 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5980 } | |
| 5981 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 5982 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 5983 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5984 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5985 } | |
| 5986 return retval; | |
| 5987 } | |
| 5988 | |
| 829 | 5989 /* |
| 3461 | 5990 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 5991 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 5992 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 5993 * string was found. | |
| 5994 */ | |
| 5995 static int | |
| 3461 | 5996 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 5997 char_u *line; |
| 5998 int *poffset; | |
| 5999 { | |
| 3461 | 6000 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6001 |
| 6002 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6003 return 0; | |
| 6004 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6005 --offset; | |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 offset -= 1; | |
| 6008 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6009 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6012 { | |
| 6013 offset -= 1; | |
| 6014 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6015 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 offset -= 2; | |
| 6020 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6021 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6022 } | |
| 6023 } | |
| 6024 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6025 |
| 3454 | 6026 probablyFound: |
| 6027 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6028 { | |
| 6029 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6030 return 1; | |
| 6031 } | |
| 6032 return 0; | |
| 6033 } | |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 /* | |
| 829 | 6036 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6037 * do | |
| 6038 * nothing; | |
| 6039 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6040 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6041 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6042 */ | |
| 6043 static int | |
| 6044 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 6045 int terminated; | |
| 6046 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6047 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6048 { | |
| 6049 char_u *line; | |
| 6050 char_u *p; | |
| 6051 char_u *s; | |
| 6052 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6053 int i; | |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6056 return FALSE; | |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6059 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6060 { | |
| 6061 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6062 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6063 { | |
| 6064 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6065 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6066 { | |
| 6067 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6068 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6069 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6070 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 6071 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6072 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6073 { | |
| 6074 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6075 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6076 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6077 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6078 { | |
| 6079 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6080 return TRUE; | |
| 6081 } | |
| 6082 } | |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6085 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6086 p = line + i; | |
| 6087 } | |
| 6088 } | |
| 6089 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6090 ++p; | |
| 6091 } | |
| 6092 return FALSE; | |
| 6093 } | |
| 6094 | |
| 7 | 6095 static int |
| 6096 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6097 char_u *p; | |
| 6098 { | |
| 6099 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 | |
| 828 | 6102 /* |
| 6103 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6104 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6105 * | |
| 6106 * class MyClass : | |
| 6107 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6108 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6109 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6110 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6111 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6112 * |
| 6113 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6114 */ |
| 6115 static int | |
| 1336 | 6116 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6117 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6118 { |
| 6119 char_u *s; | |
| 6120 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6121 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6122 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6123 |
| 6124 *col = 0; | |
| 6125 | |
| 17 | 6126 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6127 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6128 return FALSE; | |
| 6129 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6130 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6131 return FALSE; | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6134 | |
| 828 | 6135 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6136 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6137 * a = cond ? | |
| 6138 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6139 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6140 * func::foo() |
| 6141 * : something | |
| 6142 * {} | |
| 6143 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6144 * : something(4), | |
| 6145 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6146 * {} | |
| 6147 */ | |
| 6148 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6149 { | |
| 1336 | 6150 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6151 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6152 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6153 break; | |
| 6154 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6155 { | |
| 6156 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6157 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6158 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6159 break; | |
| 6160 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6161 ++s; | |
| 6162 } | |
| 6163 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6164 break; | |
| 6165 --lnum; | |
| 6166 } | |
| 6167 | |
| 1336 | 6168 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6169 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6170 for (;;) |
| 6171 { | |
| 6172 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6173 { | |
| 6174 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6175 break; | |
| 6176 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6177 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6178 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6179 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6180 continue; | |
| 828 | 6181 } |
| 6182 | |
| 2807 | 6183 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6184 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6185 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6186 { |
| 6187 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6188 { | |
| 6189 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6190 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6191 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6192 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6193 } | |
| 6194 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6195 { | |
| 6196 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6197 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6198 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6199 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6200 *col = 0; | |
| 6201 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6202 } | |
| 6203 else | |
| 6204 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6205 } | |
| 6206 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6207 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6208 { | |
| 6209 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6210 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6213 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6214 else | |
| 6215 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6216 } | |
| 6217 else | |
| 6218 { | |
| 6219 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6220 { | |
| 6221 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6222 } | |
| 6223 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6224 { | |
| 6225 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6226 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6227 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6228 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6229 } | |
| 827 | 6230 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6233 return FALSE; | |
| 6234 } | |
| 7 | 6235 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6236 { | |
| 6237 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6238 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6239 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6240 } | |
| 6241 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6244 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6247 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6248 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6249 } | |
| 6250 | |
| 828 | 6251 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6252 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6253 *col = 0; | |
| 6254 | |
| 7 | 6255 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6256 } | |
| 6257 } | |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 | |
| 828 | 6262 static int |
| 6263 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6264 int col; | |
| 6265 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6266 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6267 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6268 { | |
| 6269 int amount; | |
| 6270 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6271 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 if (col == 0) | |
| 6274 { | |
| 6275 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6276 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6277 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6278 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6279 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6280 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6281 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6282 } | |
| 6283 else | |
| 6284 { | |
| 6285 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6286 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6287 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6288 } | |
| 6289 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6290 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6291 return amount; | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 | |
| 7 | 6294 /* |
| 6295 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6296 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6297 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6298 */ | |
| 6299 static int | |
| 6300 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6301 char_u *s; | |
| 6302 char_u *find; | |
| 6303 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6304 { | |
| 6305 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6306 char_u *r; | |
| 6307 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6310 { | |
| 6311 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6312 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6313 { | |
| 6314 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6315 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6316 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6317 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6318 return TRUE; | |
| 6319 } | |
| 6320 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6321 ++p; | |
| 6322 } | |
| 6323 return FALSE; | |
| 6324 } | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 /* | |
| 6327 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". | |
| 6328 * Return the column found. | |
| 6329 */ | |
| 6330 static int | |
| 6331 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6332 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6333 { | |
| 6334 char_u *line; | |
| 6335 char_u *p; | |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6338 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6339 { | |
| 6340 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6341 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6342 else | |
| 6343 { | |
| 6344 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6345 ++p; | |
| 6346 } | |
| 6347 } | |
| 6348 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6349 } | |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 /* | |
| 6352 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6353 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6354 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6355 * work. */ | |
| 6356 /* foo() */ | |
| 6357 /* { */ | |
| 6358 /* } */ | |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 static pos_T * | |
| 6361 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6362 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6363 { | |
| 6364 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6365 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6366 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6367 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6370 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6371 { | |
| 6372 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6373 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6374 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6375 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6376 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6377 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6378 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6379 break; | |
| 6380 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6382 } | |
| 6383 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6384 return trypos; | |
| 6385 } | |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 /* | |
| 6388 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6389 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6390 */ |
| 6391 static pos_T * | |
| 6392 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6393 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6394 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6397 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6398 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6399 |
| 6400 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6401 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6402 { | |
| 6403 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6404 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6405 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6406 else | |
| 6407 { | |
| 6408 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6409 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6410 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6411 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6412 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6413 } | |
| 6414 } | |
| 6415 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6416 return trypos; | |
| 6417 } | |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 /* | |
| 6420 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6421 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6422 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6423 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6424 */ | |
| 6425 static int | |
| 6426 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6427 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6428 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6429 { | |
| 6430 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6433 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6434 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6435 } | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 /* | |
| 6438 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6439 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6440 */ |
| 6441 static int | |
| 6442 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6443 char_u *l; | |
| 6444 int start, end; | |
| 6445 { | |
| 6446 int i; | |
| 6447 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6448 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6451 | |
| 3172 | 6452 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6453 { |
| 6454 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6455 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6456 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6457 ++open_count; | |
| 6458 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6459 { | |
| 6460 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6461 --open_count; | |
| 6462 else | |
| 6463 { | |
| 6464 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6465 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6466 } | |
| 6467 } | |
| 6468 } | |
| 6469 return retval; | |
| 6470 } | |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 int | |
| 6473 get_c_indent() | |
| 6474 { | |
| 6475 /* | |
| 6476 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6477 * block should be | |
| 6478 */ | |
| 6479 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 /* | |
| 6482 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6483 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6484 */ | |
| 6485 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6486 | |
| 6487 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6488 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6489 * an opening brace. |
| 6490 */ | |
| 6491 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 /* | |
| 6494 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6495 */ | |
| 6496 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 /* | |
| 6499 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6500 * located | |
| 6501 */ | |
| 6502 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 /* | |
| 6505 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6506 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6507 * brace should be located | |
| 6508 */ | |
| 6509 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 /* | |
| 6512 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6513 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6514 */ | |
| 6515 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6518 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6519 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6520 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6521 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6522 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6523 /* |
| 7 | 6524 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6525 */ | |
| 6526 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 /* | |
| 6529 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6530 */ | |
| 6531 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 /* | |
| 6534 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6535 */ | |
| 6536 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 /* | |
| 6539 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6540 * should be located | |
| 6541 */ | |
| 6542 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 /* | |
| 6545 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6546 */ | |
| 6547 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 /* | |
| 6550 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6551 */ | |
| 6552 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 /* | |
| 6555 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6556 */ | |
| 6557 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 /* | |
| 6560 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6561 * should be indented | |
| 6562 */ | |
| 6563 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 /* | |
| 6566 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6567 * should be located | |
| 6568 */ | |
| 6569 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6570 | |
| 6571 /* | |
| 6572 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6573 */ | |
| 6574 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2; | |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 /* | |
| 6577 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6578 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6579 */ | |
| 6580 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 /* | |
| 6583 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6584 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6585 */ | |
| 6586 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 /* | |
| 6589 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6590 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6591 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6592 */ | |
| 6593 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 /* | |
| 6596 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6597 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6598 */ | |
| 6599 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 /* | |
| 6602 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6603 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6604 */ | |
| 6605 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 /* | |
| 829 | 6608 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6609 */ | |
| 6610 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 /* | |
| 7 | 6613 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6614 */ | |
| 6615 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 /* | |
| 6618 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6619 */ | |
| 6620 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 /* | |
| 6623 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6624 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6625 */ | |
| 6626 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 /* | |
| 6629 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6630 */ | |
| 6631 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 /* | |
| 6634 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6635 */ | |
| 6636 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 /* | |
| 6639 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6640 */ | |
| 6641 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6644 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6645 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6646 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6647 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6648 /* |
| 7 | 6649 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6650 */ | |
| 6651 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6652 | |
| 2857 | 6653 /* |
| 6654 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6655 */ | |
| 6656 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6657 | |
| 3454 | 6658 /* |
| 6659 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6660 * while() | |
| 6661 */ | |
| 6662 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6663 | |
| 7 | 6664 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6665 int amount; | |
| 6666 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6667 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6668 colnr_T col; |
| 6669 char_u *theline; | |
| 6670 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6671 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6672 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6673 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6674 char_u *start; | |
| 6675 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6676 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6677 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6678 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6679 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6680 char_u *l; | |
| 6681 char_u *look; | |
| 6682 char_u terminated; | |
| 6683 int lookfor; | |
| 6684 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6685 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6686 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6687 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6688 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6689 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6690 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6691 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6692 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6693 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6694 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 int whilelevel; | |
| 6697 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6698 char_u *options; | |
| 3578 | 6699 char_u *digits; |
| 7 | 6700 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ |
| 6701 int divider; | |
| 6702 int n; | |
| 6703 int iscase; | |
| 6704 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6705 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6706 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6707 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6708 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6709 |
| 6710 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6711 { | |
| 6712 l = options++; | |
| 6713 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6714 ++options; | |
| 3578 | 6715 digits = options; /* remember where the digits start */ |
| 7 | 6716 n = getdigits(&options); |
| 6717 divider = 0; | |
| 6718 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6719 { | |
| 6720 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6721 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6722 { | |
| 6723 ++options; | |
| 6724 if (divider) | |
| 6725 divider *= 10; | |
| 6726 else | |
| 6727 divider = 10; | |
| 6728 } | |
| 6729 } | |
| 6730 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6731 { | |
| 3578 | 6732 if (options == digits) |
| 7 | 6733 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ |
| 6734 else | |
| 6735 { | |
| 6736 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6737 if (divider) | |
| 6738 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 6739 } | |
| 6740 ++options; | |
| 6741 } | |
| 6742 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6743 n = -n; | |
| 6744 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6745 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6746 switch (*l) |
| 6747 { | |
| 6748 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6749 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6750 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6751 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6752 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6753 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6754 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6755 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6756 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6757 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6758 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6759 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6760 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6761 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6762 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6763 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6764 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6765 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6766 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6767 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6768 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6769 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6770 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6771 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6772 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6773 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6774 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6775 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6776 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6777 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6778 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6779 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6780 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6781 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6782 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6783 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6784 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6785 ++options; |
| 7 | 6786 } |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6789 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6790 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6791 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6792 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6793 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6794 |
| 7 | 6795 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6796 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6797 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6798 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6799 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6800 return 0; | |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 /* | |
| 6803 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6804 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6805 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6806 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6807 * check for that. | |
| 6808 */ | |
| 6809 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6810 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6811 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6812 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6819 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6820 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6821 |
| 7 | 6822 /* |
| 6823 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6824 */ | |
| 6825 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6826 { | |
| 6827 amount = 0; | |
| 6828 } | |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6831 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6832 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6833 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6834 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6835 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6836 { |
| 6837 amount = 0; | |
| 6838 } | |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 /* | |
| 6841 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6842 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6843 */ | |
| 6844 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6845 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6846 { | |
| 6847 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6848 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6849 amount = col; | |
| 6850 } | |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 /* | |
| 6853 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 6854 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 6855 */ | |
| 6856 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 6857 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6858 { | |
| 6859 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 6860 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 6861 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 6862 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 6863 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 6864 char_u *p; | |
| 6865 int start_align = 0; | |
| 6866 int start_off = 0; | |
| 6867 int done = FALSE; | |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6870 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6871 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 6872 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 6873 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 6874 |
| 6875 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 6876 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6877 { | |
| 6878 int align = 0; | |
| 6879 int off = 0; | |
| 6880 int what = 0; | |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 6883 { | |
| 6884 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6885 what = *p++; | |
| 6886 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 6887 align = *p++; | |
| 6888 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 6889 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 6890 else | |
| 6891 ++p; | |
| 6892 } | |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6895 ++p; | |
| 6896 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 6897 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 6898 { | |
| 6899 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 6900 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 6901 start_off = off; | |
| 6902 start_align = align; | |
| 6903 } | |
| 6904 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6905 { | |
| 6906 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 6907 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 6908 } | |
| 6909 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 6912 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 6913 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 6914 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 6915 { | |
| 6916 done = TRUE; | |
| 6917 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 6918 { | |
| 6919 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 6920 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 6921 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 6922 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 6923 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 6924 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 6925 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6926 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 6927 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 6928 { | |
| 6929 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6930 break; | |
| 6931 } | |
| 6932 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 6933 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 6934 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 6935 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 6936 continue; | |
| 6937 } | |
| 6938 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 6939 amount += start_off; | |
| 6940 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6941 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6942 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6943 break; |
| 6944 } | |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 6947 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 6948 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 6949 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 6950 { | |
| 6951 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6952 /* XXX */ | |
| 6953 if (off != 0) | |
| 6954 amount += off; | |
| 6955 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6956 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6957 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6958 done = TRUE; |
| 6959 break; | |
| 6960 } | |
| 6961 } | |
| 6962 } | |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 6965 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 6966 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 6967 */ | |
| 6968 if (done) | |
| 6969 ; | |
| 6970 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 6971 amount += 1; | |
| 6972 else | |
| 6973 { | |
| 6974 /* | |
| 6975 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 6976 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 6977 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 6978 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 6979 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 6980 */ | |
| 6981 amount = -1; | |
| 6982 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 6983 { | |
| 6984 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 6985 continue; | |
| 6986 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6987 break; | |
| 6988 } | |
| 6989 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 6990 { | |
| 6991 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 6992 { | |
| 6993 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6994 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 6995 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 6996 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 6997 } | |
| 6998 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6999 amount = col; | |
| 7000 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 7001 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 7002 } | |
| 7003 } | |
| 7004 } | |
| 7005 | |
| 7006 /* | |
| 7007 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 7008 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7009 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7010 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 7011 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7012 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 7013 { | |
| 7014 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7015 { | |
| 7016 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7017 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7018 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7019 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7020 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7021 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7022 else | |
| 7023 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7024 } | |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7027 { | |
| 7028 /* | |
| 7029 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7030 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7031 */ | |
| 829 | 7032 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 7033 { | |
| 7034 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7035 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7036 } | |
| 7037 else | |
| 7038 { | |
| 7039 amount = -1; | |
| 7040 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7041 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7042 { |
| 829 | 7043 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7044 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7045 continue; | |
| 7046 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7047 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7048 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 7051 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7052 { | |
| 7053 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7054 continue; | |
| 7055 } | |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 /* XXX */ | |
| 7058 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7059 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 7060 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 7061 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7062 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7063 { | |
| 7064 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7067 { | |
| 7068 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7069 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7070 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7071 amount = -1; | |
| 7072 } | |
| 7073 break; | |
| 7074 } | |
| 7 | 7075 } |
| 7076 } | |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 /* | |
| 7079 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7080 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7081 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7082 */ | |
| 7083 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7084 { | |
| 829 | 7085 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7086 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 7089 { | |
| 7090 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7091 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7094 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7095 char_u *line; | |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7098 do { | |
| 7099 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7100 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7101 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7104 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7111 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7112 } |
| 829 | 7113 |
| 7 | 7114 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 7115 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7116 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7117 { | |
| 7118 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7119 char_u *line; | |
| 7120 int look_col; | |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7123 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7124 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7125 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7126 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7127 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 7128 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7129 != NULL | |
| 7130 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7131 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7132 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7135 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7136 } | |
| 3454 | 7137 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 7138 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 7139 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 7140 { |
| 7141 /* | |
| 7142 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7143 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 7144 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 7145 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 7146 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 7147 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 7148 * lines). | |
| 7149 */ | |
| 7150 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7151 { | |
| 7152 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7153 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 7154 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 7155 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 7156 { | |
| 7157 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7158 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7159 n = 1; | |
| 7160 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7161 { | |
| 7162 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7163 { | |
| 7164 case '(': | |
| 7165 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7166 break; | |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 case ')': | |
| 7169 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7170 --n; | |
| 7171 break; | |
| 7172 } | |
| 7173 } | |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 7176 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 7177 } | |
| 7178 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 7179 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7180 else | |
| 7181 { | |
| 7182 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7183 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7184 col++; | |
| 7185 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7186 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7187 else | |
| 7188 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7189 } | |
| 7190 } | |
| 7191 | |
| 7192 /* | |
| 7193 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7194 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7195 */ | |
| 7196 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7197 { | |
| 7198 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7199 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7200 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7201 } | |
| 7202 } | |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 7205 { | |
| 7206 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7207 } | |
| 3454 | 7208 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7209 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7210 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7211 { |
| 7212 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7213 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7214 } | |
| 7215 else | |
| 7216 { | |
| 829 | 7217 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7218 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7219 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7220 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7221 { |
| 7222 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7223 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7224 { | |
| 7225 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7226 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7227 break; | |
| 7228 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7229 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7230 break; | |
| 7231 } | |
| 7232 } | |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7235 * braces */ | |
| 7236 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7237 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7238 else | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7241 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7242 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7243 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7244 else | |
| 3454 | 7245 { |
| 7246 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7247 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7248 else | |
| 7249 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7250 } | |
| 7 | 7251 } |
| 7252 /* | |
| 7253 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7254 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7255 * lines: | |
| 7256 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7257 * arg && yy | |
| 7258 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7259 */ | |
| 7260 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7261 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7262 } | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7266 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7267 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7268 } | |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 /* | |
| 7271 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7272 */ | |
| 7273 else | |
| 7274 { | |
| 7275 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7278 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 /* | |
| 7281 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7282 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7283 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7284 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7285 */ | |
| 7286 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7287 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7288 { | |
| 7289 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7290 amount = col; | |
| 7291 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7292 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7293 else | |
| 7294 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7295 } | |
| 7296 else | |
| 7297 { | |
| 7298 /* | |
| 7299 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7300 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7301 */ | |
| 7302 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 /* | |
| 7305 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7306 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7307 */ | |
| 7308 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7309 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7310 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7311 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7312 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 /* | |
| 7315 * It could have been something like | |
| 7316 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7317 * ldfd) { | |
| 7318 * } | |
| 7319 */ | |
| 2879 | 7320 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7321 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7322 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7323 else | |
| 7324 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 /* | |
| 7330 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7331 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7332 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7333 */ | |
| 7334 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7335 { | |
| 7336 /* | |
| 7337 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7338 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7339 */ | |
| 7340 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7341 } | |
| 7342 else | |
| 7343 { | |
| 7344 /* | |
| 7345 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7346 * to match it with. | |
| 7347 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7348 * to match it with. | |
| 7349 */ | |
| 7350 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7351 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7352 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7353 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7354 /* XXX */ | |
| 7355 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7356 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7357 { | |
| 7358 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7359 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7360 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7361 { | |
| 7362 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7363 goto theend; | |
| 7364 } | |
| 7365 } | |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 /* | |
| 7368 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7369 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7370 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7371 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7372 */ | |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 /* | |
| 7375 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7376 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7377 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7378 */ | |
| 7379 | |
| 7380 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7381 { | |
| 7382 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7383 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7384 } | |
| 7385 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7386 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7387 { | |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7390 } |
| 7391 else | |
| 7392 { | |
| 7393 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7394 { |
| 7 | 7395 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7396 |
| 7397 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7398 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7399 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7400 } | |
| 7 | 7401 else |
| 7402 { | |
| 7403 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7404 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7405 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7406 amount = 0; | |
| 7407 } | |
| 7408 } | |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7411 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7412 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7413 { |
| 7414 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7415 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7416 } | |
| 7417 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7418 { | |
| 7419 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7420 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7421 } | |
| 7422 else | |
| 7423 { | |
| 7424 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7425 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7426 | |
| 7427 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7428 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7429 } | |
| 7430 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7431 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 /* | |
| 7434 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7435 * with that. | |
| 7436 * | |
| 7437 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7438 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7439 * that opens the block. | |
| 7440 */ | |
| 7441 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7442 for (;;) | |
| 7443 { | |
| 7444 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7445 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 /* | |
| 7448 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7449 * up with it. | |
| 7450 */ | |
| 7451 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7452 { | |
| 7453 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7454 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7455 * go further back: | |
| 7456 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7457 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7458 * declaration: | |
| 7459 * int x, | |
| 7460 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7461 */ | |
| 7462 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7463 { | |
| 7464 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7465 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7466 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7467 { | |
| 7468 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7469 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7470 * initialization) */ | |
| 7471 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7472 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7473 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7474 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7475 break; | |
| 7476 } | |
| 7477 | |
| 7478 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 /* | |
| 7481 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7482 * comment. | |
| 7483 */ | |
| 7484 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7485 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7486 { | |
| 7487 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7488 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7489 continue; |
| 7490 } | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 /* | |
| 7493 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7494 */ | |
| 7495 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7496 continue; | |
| 7497 | |
| 7498 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7499 continue; | |
| 7500 | |
| 7501 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 /* | |
| 7504 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7505 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7506 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7507 */ | |
| 7508 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7509 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7510 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7511 { |
| 7512 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7513 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7514 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7515 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7516 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7517 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7518 */ | |
| 7519 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7520 break; | |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7523 * we are done. | |
| 7524 */ | |
| 7525 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7526 break; | |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7529 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7530 continue; | |
| 7531 } | |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7534 { | |
| 7535 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7536 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7537 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7538 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7539 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7540 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7541 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7542 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7545 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7548 { | |
| 7549 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7550 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7551 continue; |
| 7552 } | |
| 7553 } | |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7556 * like in | |
| 7557 * int a, | |
| 7558 * b; | |
| 7559 */ | |
| 7560 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7561 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7562 else | |
| 7563 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7564 } | |
| 7565 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7566 { | |
| 7567 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7568 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7569 else | |
| 7570 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7571 } | |
| 3123 | 7572 else |
| 2857 | 7573 { |
| 3123 | 7574 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7575 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7576 { |
| 3123 | 7577 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7578 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7579 { | |
| 7580 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7581 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7582 } | |
| 2857 | 7583 } |
| 7584 | |
| 3123 | 7585 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7586 { |
| 3123 | 7587 /* |
| 7588 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7589 * back. | |
| 7590 */ | |
| 7591 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7592 continue; | |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7595 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7596 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7597 break; | |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7602 * the comment. */ | |
| 7603 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7604 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7605 { | |
| 7606 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7607 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7608 continue; | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 | |
| 7611 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7612 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7613 continue; | |
| 7614 | |
| 7615 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7616 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7617 { | |
| 7618 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7619 break; | |
| 7620 } | |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7623 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7624 } |
| 7 | 7625 } |
| 7626 break; | |
| 7627 } | |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 /* | |
| 7630 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7631 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7632 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7633 { | |
| 7634 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7635 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7636 continue; |
| 7637 } | |
| 7638 | |
| 7639 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 /* | |
| 7642 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7643 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7644 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7645 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7646 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7647 { | |
| 7648 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7649 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7650 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7651 break; | |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7654 * labels. */ | |
| 7655 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7656 continue; | |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 /* | |
| 7659 * case xx: | |
| 7660 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7661 *-> here; | |
| 7662 */ | |
| 7663 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7664 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7665 { | |
| 7666 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7667 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7668 else | |
| 7669 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7670 break; | |
| 7671 } | |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 /* | |
| 7674 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7675 * x = 333; | |
| 7676 * case yy: | |
| 7677 */ | |
| 7678 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7679 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7680 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7681 { | |
| 7682 /* | |
| 7683 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7684 * switch() | |
| 7685 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7686 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7687 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7688 { | |
| 7689 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7690 break; | |
| 7691 } | |
| 7692 continue; | |
| 7693 } | |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 /* | |
| 7698 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7699 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7700 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7701 * | |
| 7702 * case xx: | |
| 7703 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7704 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7705 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7706 */ | |
| 7707 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7708 { | |
| 7709 if (n) | |
| 7710 amount = n; | |
| 7711 | |
| 7712 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7713 break; | |
| 7714 } | |
| 7715 | |
| 7716 /* | |
| 7717 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7718 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7719 * | |
| 7720 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7721 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7722 */ | |
| 7723 if (n) | |
| 7724 { | |
| 7725 amount = n; | |
| 7726 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7727 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7728 { |
| 7729 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7730 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7731 else | |
| 7732 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7733 } | |
| 7 | 7734 break; |
| 7735 } | |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 /* | |
| 7738 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7739 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7740 * switch label. | |
| 7741 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7742 * case xx: | |
| 7743 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7744 */ | |
| 7745 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7746 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7747 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7748 continue; | |
| 7749 } | |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 /* | |
| 7752 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7753 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7754 */ | |
| 7755 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7756 { | |
| 7757 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7758 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7759 { |
| 7 | 7760 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7761 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7762 } | |
| 7 | 7763 continue; |
| 7764 } | |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 /* | |
| 7767 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7768 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7769 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7770 { |
| 7771 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7772 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7773 continue; | |
| 7774 } | |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 /* | |
| 7777 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7778 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7779 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7780 * unlocked it) | |
| 7781 */ | |
| 7782 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7783 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7784 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7785 continue; | |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 /* | |
| 7788 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7789 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7790 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7791 n = FALSE; |
| 7792 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7793 { | |
| 1336 | 7794 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7795 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7796 } | |
| 7797 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7798 { |
| 7799 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7800 { | |
| 7801 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7802 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7803 else | |
| 7804 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7805 } | |
| 828 | 7806 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7807 { |
| 828 | 7808 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7809 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7810 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7811 continue; | |
| 7 | 7812 } |
| 7813 else | |
| 828 | 7814 /* XXX */ |
| 7815 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7816 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7817 break; |
| 7818 } | |
| 7819 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7820 { | |
| 7821 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7822 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7823 */ | |
| 7 | 7824 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7825 break; | |
| 7826 else | |
| 7827 continue; | |
| 7828 } | |
| 7829 | |
| 7830 /* | |
| 7831 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7832 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7833 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7834 * 123, |
| 7835 * sizeof | |
| 7836 * here | |
| 7837 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7838 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7839 * (indented). | |
| 7840 */ | |
| 7841 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7844 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7845 { | |
| 7846 /* | |
| 7847 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7848 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7849 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 7850 * if ( foo && | |
| 7851 * bar ) | |
| 7852 */ | |
| 7853 /* | |
| 7854 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7855 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7856 */ | |
| 7857 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7858 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7859 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7860 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 /* | |
| 7863 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 7864 * braces. | |
| 7865 */ | |
| 828 | 7866 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 7867 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 7868 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7871 { | |
| 7872 /* | |
| 7873 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 7874 * handled above. | |
| 7875 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 7876 * asdf) | |
| 7877 */ | |
| 1550 | 7878 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7879 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7880 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 7881 { |
| 7882 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7883 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7884 continue; |
| 7885 } | |
| 7886 } | |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 /* | |
| 7889 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 7890 * indent from | |
| 7891 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 7892 * bla", | |
| 7893 * here; | |
| 7894 */ | |
| 7895 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7896 { | |
| 7897 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7898 { | |
| 7899 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7900 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 7901 break; | |
| 7902 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7903 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7904 } |
| 7905 } | |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 /* | |
| 7908 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 7909 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 7910 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7911 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7912 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 7913 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7914 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7915 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 7916 /* |
| 7917 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 7918 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 7919 * while (not) | |
| 7920 * -> { | |
| 7921 * } | |
| 7922 */ | |
| 7923 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7924 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7925 { | |
| 7926 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7927 /* | |
| 7928 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 7929 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 7930 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 7931 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 7932 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 7933 */ | |
| 7934 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 7935 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 7938 { | |
| 7939 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 7940 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 7941 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7942 continue; | |
| 7943 } | |
| 7944 break; | |
| 7945 } | |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 /* | |
| 7948 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 7949 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 7950 */ | |
| 7951 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 7952 { | |
| 7953 /* | |
| 7954 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 7955 * with the last one. | |
| 7956 * if (cond) | |
| 7957 * 100 + | |
| 7958 * -> here; | |
| 7959 */ | |
| 7960 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7961 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7962 { | |
| 7963 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7964 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7965 else | |
| 7966 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7967 break; | |
| 7968 } | |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 /* | |
| 7971 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 7972 * are finished. | |
| 7973 * while (not) | |
| 7974 * -> here; | |
| 7975 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 7976 * before this is terminated. | |
| 7977 * yyy; | |
| 7978 * if (stat) | |
| 7979 * while (not) | |
| 7980 * xxx; | |
| 7981 * -> here; | |
| 7982 */ | |
| 7983 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7984 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7985 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7986 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7987 { | |
| 7988 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7989 break; | |
| 7990 } | |
| 7991 | |
| 7992 /* | |
| 7993 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 7994 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 7995 * do | |
| 7996 * x = 1; | |
| 7997 * -> here | |
| 7998 */ | |
| 7999 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8000 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8001 { | |
| 8002 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8003 break; | |
| 8004 --whilelevel; | |
| 8005 } | |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 /* | |
| 8008 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8009 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8010 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8011 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8012 */ | |
| 2855 | 8013 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8014 { | |
| 8015 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8016 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8017 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8018 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8019 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8020 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8021 |
| 8022 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8023 == NULL | |
| 7 | 8024 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 8025 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 8026 break; | |
| 8027 } | |
| 7 | 8028 } |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 /* | |
| 8031 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8032 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8033 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8034 * the line before this one. |
| 8035 */ | |
| 8036 else | |
| 8037 { | |
| 8038 /* | |
| 8039 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8040 * the last one. | |
| 8041 * c = 99 + | |
| 8042 * 100 + | |
| 8043 * -> here; | |
| 8044 */ | |
| 8045 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8046 { | |
| 8047 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8048 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8049 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8050 break; | |
| 8051 } | |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8054 { | |
| 8055 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8056 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8057 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8058 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8059 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8060 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8061 { | |
| 8062 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 8063 break; | |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8066 continue; | |
| 8067 } | |
| 8068 | |
| 8069 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8070 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8071 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8072 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8073 } | |
| 8074 else | |
| 8075 { | |
| 8076 /* | |
| 8077 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8078 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8079 * 100 + | |
| 8080 * -> here; | |
| 8081 */ | |
| 8082 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 /* | |
| 8085 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8086 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8087 * struct xxx = | |
| 8088 * { | |
| 8089 * sizeof a, | |
| 8090 * 124 }; | |
| 8091 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8092 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8093 * yet. | |
| 8094 */ | |
| 8095 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8096 { | |
| 8097 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8098 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8099 } | |
| 8100 else | |
| 8101 { | |
| 8102 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8103 && *l != NUL | |
| 8104 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8105 /* XXX */ | |
| 8106 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8107 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8108 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8109 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8110 } | |
| 8111 } | |
| 8112 } | |
| 8113 } | |
| 8114 | |
| 8115 /* | |
| 8116 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8117 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8118 */ | |
| 8119 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 8120 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 8121 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8122 { |
| 8123 /* | |
| 8124 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8125 * with the last one. | |
| 8126 * while (cond); | |
| 8127 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8128 * -> here; | |
| 8129 */ | |
| 8130 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8131 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8132 { | |
| 8133 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8134 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8135 else | |
| 8136 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8137 break; | |
| 8138 } | |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8141 { | |
| 8142 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8143 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8144 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8145 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8146 } | |
| 8147 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8148 } | |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 /* | |
| 8151 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8152 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8153 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8154 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8155 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8156 */ | |
| 8157 else | |
| 8158 { | |
| 8159 /* | |
| 8160 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8161 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8162 */ | |
| 8163 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8164 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8165 { | |
| 8166 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8167 continue; | |
| 8168 } | |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 /* | |
| 8171 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8172 */ | |
| 8173 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8176 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8177 { | |
| 8178 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8179 --whilelevel; | |
| 8180 continue; | |
| 8181 } | |
| 8182 } | |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 /* | |
| 8185 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8186 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8187 * x = 1; | |
| 8188 * y = foo + | |
| 8189 * -> here; | |
| 8190 * or | |
| 8191 * int x = 1; | |
| 8192 * int foo, | |
| 8193 * -> here; | |
| 8194 */ | |
| 8195 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8196 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8197 { | |
| 8198 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8199 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8200 else | |
| 8201 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8202 break; | |
| 8203 } | |
| 8204 | |
| 8205 /* | |
| 8206 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8207 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8208 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8209 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8210 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8211 * here; | |
| 8212 * ->foo; | |
| 8213 */ | |
| 8214 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8215 { | |
| 8216 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8217 break; | |
| 8218 } | |
| 8219 | |
| 8220 /* | |
| 8221 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8222 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8223 * a terminated line. | |
| 8224 */ | |
| 8225 else | |
| 8226 { | |
| 8227 /* | |
| 8228 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8229 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8230 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8231 * func(asdr, | |
| 8232 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8233 * here; | |
| 8234 */ | |
| 8235 term_again: | |
| 8236 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8237 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8238 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8239 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8240 { | |
| 8241 /* | |
| 8242 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8243 * handled above. | |
| 8244 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8245 * asdf) | |
| 8246 */ | |
| 1550 | 8247 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8248 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8249 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8250 { |
| 8251 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8252 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8253 continue; |
| 8254 } | |
| 8255 } | |
| 8256 | |
| 8257 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8258 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8259 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8260 * stat; | |
| 8261 * } | |
| 8262 * case 2: | |
| 8263 * stat; | |
| 8264 * } | |
| 8265 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8266 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8267 |
| 8268 /* | |
| 8269 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8270 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8271 */ | |
| 8272 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8273 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8274 | |
| 8275 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8276 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8277 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8278 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8279 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8280 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8281 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 /* | |
| 827 | 8284 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8285 * the matching "if": | |
| 8286 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8287 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8288 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8289 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8290 */ | |
| 8291 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8292 && *l != '}' | |
| 8293 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8294 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8295 { | |
| 8296 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8297 == NULL | |
| 8298 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8299 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8300 break; | |
| 8301 continue; | |
| 8302 } | |
| 8303 | |
| 8304 /* | |
| 7 | 8305 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8306 * that block. | |
| 8307 */ | |
| 3172 | 8308 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8309 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8310 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8311 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8312 { | |
| 1550 | 8313 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8314 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8315 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8316 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8317 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8318 goto term_again; | |
| 8319 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8320 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8321 } |
| 8322 } | |
| 8323 } | |
| 8324 } | |
| 8325 } | |
| 8326 } | |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8329 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8330 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8331 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8332 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8333 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8334 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8335 } |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 /* | |
| 8338 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8339 * | |
| 8340 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8341 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8342 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8343 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8344 */ | |
| 8345 else | |
| 8346 { | |
| 8347 /* | |
| 8348 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8349 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8350 * of a function | |
| 8351 */ | |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8354 { | |
| 8355 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8356 } | |
| 8357 | |
| 8358 /* | |
| 8359 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8360 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8361 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8362 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8363 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8364 */ |
| 8365 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8366 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8367 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8368 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8369 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8370 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8371 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8372 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8373 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8374 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8375 { | |
| 8376 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8377 } | |
| 8378 else | |
| 8379 { | |
| 8380 amount = 0; | |
| 8381 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8386 { | |
| 8387 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8388 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 /* | |
| 8393 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8394 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8395 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8396 { | |
| 8397 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8398 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8399 continue; |
| 8400 } | |
| 8401 | |
| 8402 /* | |
| 827 | 8403 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8404 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8405 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8406 n = FALSE; |
| 8407 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8408 { | |
| 1336 | 8409 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8410 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8411 } | |
| 8412 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8413 { |
| 828 | 8414 /* XXX */ |
| 8415 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8416 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8417 break; |
| 8418 } | |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 /* | |
| 8421 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8422 */ | |
| 8423 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8424 continue; | |
| 8425 | |
| 8426 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8427 continue; | |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 /* | |
| 8430 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8431 * indentation: | |
| 8432 * int foo, | |
| 8433 * bar; | |
| 8434 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8435 * enum foobar | |
| 8436 * { | |
| 8437 * ... | |
| 8438 * } foo, | |
| 8439 * bar; | |
| 8440 */ | |
| 8441 n = 0; | |
| 8442 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8443 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8444 { | |
| 8445 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8446 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8447 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8448 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8449 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8450 |
| 8451 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8452 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8453 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8454 * bla", | |
| 8455 * here; | |
| 8456 */ | |
| 8457 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8458 { | |
| 8459 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8460 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8461 break; | |
| 8462 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8463 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8464 } |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8467 | |
| 8468 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8469 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8470 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8471 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8472 break; | |
| 8473 } | |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 /* | |
| 8476 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8477 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8478 */ | |
| 3220 | 8479 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8480 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8481 break; |
| 8482 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 /* | |
| 8485 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8486 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8487 */ | |
| 8488 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8489 break; | |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 /* (matching {) | |
| 8492 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8493 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8494 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8495 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8496 */ | |
| 8497 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8498 break; | |
| 8499 | |
| 8500 /* | |
| 3186 | 8501 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8502 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8503 * indent then. | |
| 8504 */ | |
| 8505 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8506 { | |
| 8507 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8510 { | |
| 8511 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8512 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8513 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8514 break; | |
| 8515 } | |
| 8516 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8517 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8518 break; | |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8521 } | |
| 8522 | |
| 8523 /* | |
| 7 | 8524 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8525 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8526 * parameters. | |
| 8527 */ | |
| 3220 | 8528 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8529 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8530 { |
| 8531 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8532 break; | |
| 8533 } | |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 /* | |
| 8536 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8537 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8538 * int foo, | |
| 8539 * bar; | |
| 8540 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8541 */ | |
| 828 | 8542 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8543 { |
| 8544 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8545 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8546 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8547 break; | |
| 8548 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8549 } | |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 /* | |
| 8552 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8553 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8554 * | |
| 8555 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8556 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8557 */ | |
| 8558 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8561 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8562 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8563 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8564 break; | |
| 8565 } | |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8568 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8569 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8572 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8573 * here"; | |
| 8574 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8575 * here"; | |
| 8576 */ | |
| 8577 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8578 { | |
| 8579 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8580 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8581 { | |
| 8582 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8583 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8584 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8585 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8586 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8587 } | |
| 8588 } | |
| 8589 } | |
| 8590 } | |
| 8591 | |
| 8592 theend: | |
| 8593 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8594 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8599 return 0; | |
| 8600 return amount; | |
| 8601 } | |
| 8602 | |
| 8603 static int | |
| 8604 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8605 int lookfor; | |
| 8606 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8607 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8608 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8609 { | |
| 8610 char_u *look; | |
| 8611 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8612 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8613 int elselevel; | |
| 8614 int whilelevel; | |
| 8615 | |
| 8616 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8617 { | |
| 8618 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8619 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8620 } | |
| 8621 else | |
| 8622 { | |
| 8623 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8624 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8625 } | |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8628 | |
| 8629 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8630 { | |
| 8631 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8632 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8633 | |
| 8634 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8635 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8636 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8637 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8638 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8639 { | |
| 8640 /* | |
| 8641 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8642 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8643 */ | |
| 8644 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8645 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8646 break; | |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 /* | |
| 8649 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8650 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8651 * out of luck too. | |
| 8652 */ | |
| 8653 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8654 break; | |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 /* | |
| 8657 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8658 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8659 * different scope... | |
| 8660 */ | |
| 8661 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8662 continue; | |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 /* | |
| 8665 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8666 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8667 * increment elselevel | |
| 8668 */ | |
| 8669 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8670 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8671 { | |
| 8672 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8673 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8674 ++elselevel; | |
| 8675 continue; | |
| 8676 } | |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 /* | |
| 8679 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8680 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8681 */ | |
| 8682 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8683 { | |
| 8684 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8685 continue; | |
| 8686 } | |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8689 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8690 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8691 { | |
| 8692 elselevel--; | |
| 8693 /* | |
| 8694 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8695 * get in the way. | |
| 8696 */ | |
| 8697 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8698 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8699 } | |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8702 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8703 whilelevel--; | |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 /* | |
| 8706 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8707 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8708 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8709 */ | |
| 8710 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8711 { | |
| 8712 return OK; | |
| 8713 } | |
| 8714 } | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 return FAIL; | |
| 8717 } | |
| 8718 | |
| 8719 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8720 /* | |
| 8721 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8722 */ | |
| 8723 int | |
| 8724 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8725 { | |
| 8726 int indent; | |
| 8727 pos_T pos; | |
| 8728 int save_State; | |
| 681 | 8729 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8730 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8731 |
| 8732 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8733 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 634 | 8734 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8735 ++sandbox; | |
| 8736 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8737 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8738 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8739 --sandbox; | |
| 8740 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8741 |
| 8742 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8743 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8744 * command. */ | |
| 8745 save_State = State; | |
| 8746 State = INSERT; | |
| 8747 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 8748 check_cursor(); | |
| 8749 State = save_State; | |
| 8750 | |
| 8751 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8752 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8753 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8754 | |
| 8755 return indent; | |
| 8756 } | |
| 8757 # endif | |
| 8758 | |
| 8759 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8762 | |
| 8763 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 static int | |
| 8766 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8767 char_u *p; | |
| 8768 { | |
| 8769 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8770 int len; | |
| 8771 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8772 | |
| 8773 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8774 { | |
| 8775 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8776 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8777 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8778 return TRUE; | |
| 8779 } | |
| 8780 return FALSE; | |
| 8781 } | |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 /* | |
| 8784 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8785 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8786 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8787 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8788 * | |
| 8789 * TODO: | |
| 8790 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8791 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8792 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8793 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8794 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8795 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8796 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8797 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8798 */ |
| 8799 int | |
| 8800 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8801 { | |
| 14 | 8802 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8803 int amount; |
| 8804 char_u *that; | |
| 8805 colnr_T col; | |
| 8806 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8807 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8808 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8809 | |
| 8810 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8811 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8812 | |
| 8813 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8814 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8815 | |
| 14 | 8816 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8817 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8818 else | |
| 8819 { | |
| 8820 paren = *pos; | |
| 8821 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8822 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8823 pos = &paren; | |
| 8824 } | |
| 8825 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8826 { |
| 8827 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8828 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8829 amount = -1; | |
| 8830 parencount = 0; | |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8833 { | |
| 8834 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8835 continue; | |
| 8836 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8839 { | |
| 8840 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8841 ++that; | |
| 8842 continue; | |
| 8843 } | |
| 8844 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8845 { | |
| 8846 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8847 ++that; | |
| 8848 continue; | |
| 8849 } | |
| 8850 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8851 { | |
| 983 | 8852 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 8853 { | |
| 8854 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 8855 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8856 { | |
| 8857 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 8858 break; | |
| 8859 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 8860 { | |
| 8861 ++that; | |
| 8862 break; | |
| 8863 } | |
| 8864 } | |
| 8865 } | |
| 7 | 8866 } |
| 14 | 8867 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8868 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8869 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 8870 --parencount; |
| 8871 } | |
| 8872 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 8873 { | |
| 8874 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8875 break; | |
| 8876 } | |
| 8877 } | |
| 8878 | |
| 8879 if (amount == -1) | |
| 8880 { | |
| 8881 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 8882 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 8883 col = pos->col; | |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8886 | |
| 8887 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 8888 amount = 2; | |
| 8889 else | |
| 8890 { | |
| 8891 amount = 0; | |
| 8892 while (*that && col) | |
| 8893 { | |
| 8894 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8895 col--; | |
| 8896 } | |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 /* | |
| 8899 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 8900 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 8901 * | |
| 8902 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 8903 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 8904 */ | |
| 8905 | |
| 14 | 8906 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8907 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 8908 amount += 2; |
| 8909 else | |
| 8910 { | |
| 8911 that++; | |
| 8912 amount++; | |
| 8913 firsttry = amount; | |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8916 { | |
| 8917 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8918 ++that; | |
| 8919 } | |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 8922 { | |
| 1532 | 8923 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 8924 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 8925 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 8926 firsttry++; |
| 8927 | |
| 8928 parencount = 0; | |
| 8929 quotecount = 0; | |
| 8930 | |
| 8931 if (vi_lisp | |
| 8932 || (*that != '"' | |
| 8933 && *that != '\'' | |
| 8934 && *that != '#' | |
| 8935 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 8936 { | |
| 8937 while (*that | |
| 8938 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 8939 || quotecount | |
| 8940 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 8941 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8942 && !quotecount |
| 8943 && !parencount | |
| 8944 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 8945 { | |
| 8946 if (*that == '"') | |
| 8947 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 8948 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8949 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8950 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8951 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 8952 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8953 --parencount; |
| 8954 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 8955 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8956 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8957 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8958 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8959 } | |
| 8960 } | |
| 8961 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8962 { | |
| 8963 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8964 that++; | |
| 8965 } | |
| 8966 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 8967 amount = firsttry; | |
| 8968 } | |
| 8969 } | |
| 8970 } | |
| 8971 } | |
| 8972 } | |
| 8973 else | |
| 14 | 8974 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 8975 |
| 8976 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 8977 | |
| 8978 return amount; | |
| 8979 } | |
| 8980 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 8981 | |
| 8982 void | |
| 8983 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 8984 { | |
| 39 | 8985 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 8986 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 8987 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 8988 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 8989 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 8990 #endif | |
| 8991 | |
| 7 | 8992 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 8993 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8994 { | |
| 8995 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 8996 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 8997 } | |
| 8998 else | |
| 8999 #endif | |
| 9000 { | |
| 9001 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 /* | |
| 9004 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9005 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9006 */ | |
| 9007 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9008 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9009 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9010 #endif | |
| 9011 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9012 out_flush(); | |
| 9013 } | |
| 9014 } | |
| 9015 | |
| 9016 /* | |
| 9017 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9018 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 9019 */ | |
| 9020 void | |
| 9021 preserve_exit() | |
| 9022 { | |
| 9023 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9026 | |
| 625 | 9027 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9028 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9029 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9030 | |
| 7 | 9031 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9032 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9033 out_flush(); | |
| 9034 | |
| 9035 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9038 { | |
| 9039 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9040 { | |
| 9041 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 9042 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9043 out_flush(); | |
| 9044 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9045 break; | |
| 9046 } | |
| 9047 } | |
| 9048 | |
| 9049 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 getout(1); | |
| 9054 } | |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 /* | |
| 9057 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9058 */ | |
| 9059 int | |
| 9060 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9061 char_u *fname; | |
| 9062 { | |
| 9063 struct stat st; | |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9066 return FALSE; | |
| 9067 return TRUE; | |
| 9068 } | |
| 9069 | |
| 9070 /* | |
| 9071 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9072 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9073 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9074 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9075 */ | |
| 9076 | |
| 9077 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9078 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9079 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9080 # else | |
| 9081 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9082 # endif | |
| 9083 #endif | |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 void | |
| 9088 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9089 { | |
| 9090 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9091 { | |
| 9092 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9093 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9094 } | |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 /* | |
| 9098 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9099 */ | |
| 9100 void | |
| 9101 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9104 { | |
| 9105 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9106 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9107 } | |
| 9108 } | |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 /* | |
| 2016 | 9111 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9112 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9113 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9114 */ | |
| 9115 int | |
| 9116 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9117 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9118 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9119 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9120 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9121 { | |
| 9122 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9123 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9124 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9125 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9126 int usedlen; | |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9129 { | |
| 9130 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9131 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9132 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9133 --emsg_off; | |
| 9134 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9135 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 | |
| 9138 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9139 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9140 | |
| 9141 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9142 { | |
| 9143 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9144 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9145 } | |
| 9146 | |
| 9147 return ret; | |
| 9148 } | |
| 9149 | |
| 9150 /* | |
| 7 | 9151 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9152 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9153 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9154 */ |
| 9155 int | |
| 9156 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9157 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9158 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9159 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9160 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9161 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9162 { | |
| 9163 int retval; | |
| 9164 int i, j; | |
| 9165 char_u *p; | |
| 9166 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9171 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9172 return retval; |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9175 /* | |
| 9176 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9177 */ | |
| 9178 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9179 { | |
| 9180 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9183 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9184 { | |
| 9185 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9186 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9187 break; | |
| 9188 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9189 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9190 # endif | |
| 9191 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9192 { | |
| 9193 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9194 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9195 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9196 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9197 --*num_file; | |
| 9198 --i; | |
| 9199 } | |
| 9200 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9201 } | |
| 9202 } | |
| 9203 #endif | |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 /* | |
| 9206 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9207 */ | |
| 9208 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9209 { | |
| 9210 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9211 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9212 { | |
| 9213 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9214 { | |
| 9215 /* | |
| 9216 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9217 * of the list. | |
| 9218 */ | |
| 9219 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9220 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9221 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9222 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9223 } | |
| 9224 } | |
| 9225 } | |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 return retval; | |
| 9228 } | |
| 9229 | |
| 9230 /* | |
| 9231 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9232 */ | |
| 9233 int | |
| 9234 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9235 char_u *fname; | |
| 9236 { | |
| 9237 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9238 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9239 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9240 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9243 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9244 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9245 { | |
| 9246 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9247 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9248 { | |
| 9249 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9252 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9253 { | |
| 9254 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9255 break; | |
| 9256 } | |
| 9257 } | |
| 9258 else | |
| 9259 { | |
| 9260 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9261 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9262 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9263 break; | |
| 9264 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9265 } | |
| 7 | 9266 } |
| 9267 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9268 } | |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9273 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9274 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9275 # endif | |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9278 /* | |
| 9279 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9280 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9281 */ | |
| 9282 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9283 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9284 # else | |
| 9285 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9286 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9287 # endif | |
| 9288 # endif | |
| 9289 | |
| 9290 /* | |
| 9291 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9292 */ | |
| 9293 static int _cdecl | |
| 9294 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9295 { | |
| 39 | 9296 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9297 } |
| 9298 | |
| 9299 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9300 static void | |
| 9301 namelowcpy( | |
| 9302 char_u *d, | |
| 9303 char_u *s) | |
| 9304 { | |
| 9305 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9306 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9307 while (*s) | |
| 9308 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9309 else | |
| 9310 # endif | |
| 9311 while (*s) | |
| 9312 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9313 *d = NUL; | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 # endif | |
| 9316 | |
| 9317 /* | |
| 445 | 9318 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9319 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9320 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9321 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9322 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9323 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9324 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9325 */ |
| 9326 static int | |
| 9327 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9328 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9329 char_u *path, | |
| 9330 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9331 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9332 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9333 { |
| 9334 char_u *buf; | |
| 9335 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9336 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9337 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9338 char_u *pat; | |
| 9339 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9340 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9341 int matches; | |
| 9342 int len; | |
| 9343 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9344 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9345 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9346 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9347 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9348 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9349 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9350 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9351 # endif | |
| 9352 #else | |
| 9353 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9354 #endif | |
| 9355 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9356 int ok; |
| 9357 | |
| 9358 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9359 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9360 { | |
| 9361 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9362 if (got_int) | |
| 9363 return 0; | |
| 9364 } | |
| 7 | 9365 |
| 9366 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9367 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9368 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9369 return 0; | |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 /* | |
| 9372 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9373 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9374 */ | |
| 9375 p = buf; | |
| 9376 s = buf; | |
| 9377 e = NULL; | |
| 9378 path_end = path; | |
| 9379 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9380 { | |
| 9381 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9382 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9383 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9384 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9385 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9386 { | |
| 9387 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9388 break; | |
| 9389 s = p + 1; | |
| 9390 } | |
| 9391 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9392 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9393 e = p; | |
| 9394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9395 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9396 { | |
| 474 | 9397 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9398 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9399 p += len; | |
| 9400 path_end += len; | |
| 9401 } | |
| 9402 else | |
| 9403 #endif | |
| 9404 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9405 } | |
| 9406 e = p; | |
| 9407 *e = NUL; | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9410 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9411 * component. */ | |
| 9412 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9413 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9414 { | |
| 1624 | 9415 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9416 --e; |
| 9417 --s; | |
| 9418 } | |
| 9419 | |
| 445 | 9420 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9421 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9422 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9423 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9424 | |
| 7 | 9425 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9426 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9427 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9428 { | |
| 9429 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9430 return 0; | |
| 9431 } | |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9434 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9435 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9436 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9437 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9438 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9439 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9440 vim_free(pat); |
| 9441 | |
| 3261 | 9442 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9443 { |
| 9444 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9445 return 0; | |
| 9446 } | |
| 9447 | |
| 9448 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9449 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9450 | |
| 445 | 9451 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9452 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9453 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9454 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9455 { | |
| 9456 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9457 ++stardepth; | |
| 9458 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9459 --stardepth; | |
| 9460 } | |
| 9461 | |
| 7 | 9462 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9463 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9464 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9465 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9466 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9467 { | |
| 9468 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9469 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9470 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9471 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9472 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9473 { | |
| 9474 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9475 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9476 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9477 { | |
| 9478 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9479 wn = NULL; | |
| 9480 } | |
| 9481 } | |
| 9482 } | |
| 9483 | |
| 9484 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9485 # endif | |
| 9486 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9487 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9488 #else | |
| 9489 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9490 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9491 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9492 #endif | |
| 9493 | |
| 9494 while (ok) | |
| 9495 { | |
| 9496 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9497 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9498 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9499 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9500 else |
| 9501 # endif | |
| 9502 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9503 #else | |
| 9504 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9505 #endif | |
| 9506 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9507 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9508 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9509 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9510 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9511 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9512 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9513 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9514 { |
| 9515 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9516 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9517 #else | |
| 9518 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9519 #endif | |
| 9520 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9521 |
| 9522 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9523 { | |
| 9524 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9525 * find matches. */ | |
| 9526 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9527 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9528 ++stardepth; | |
| 9529 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9530 --stardepth; | |
| 9531 } | |
| 9532 | |
| 7 | 9533 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9534 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9535 { | |
| 9536 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9537 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9538 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9539 } |
| 9540 else | |
| 9541 { | |
| 9542 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9543 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9544 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9545 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9546 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9547 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9548 } | |
| 9549 } | |
| 9550 | |
| 9551 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9552 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9553 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9554 { | |
| 9555 vim_free(p); | |
| 9556 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9557 } | |
| 9558 else | |
| 9559 # endif | |
| 9560 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9561 #else | |
| 9562 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9563 #endif | |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9566 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9567 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9568 { | |
| 9569 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9570 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9571 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9572 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9573 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9574 { | |
| 9575 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9576 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9577 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9578 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9579 } | |
| 9580 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9581 # endif | |
| 9582 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9583 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9584 #else | |
| 9585 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9586 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9587 #endif | |
| 9588 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9589 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9590 } | |
| 9591 } | |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9594 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9595 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9596 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9597 # endif | |
| 9598 #endif | |
| 9599 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9600 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9601 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9602 | |
| 9603 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9604 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9605 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9606 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9607 return matches; | |
| 9608 } | |
| 9609 | |
| 9610 int | |
| 9611 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9612 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9613 char_u *path, | |
| 9614 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9615 { | |
| 445 | 9616 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9617 } |
| 9618 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9619 | |
| 445 | 9620 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9621 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9622 /* | |
| 9623 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9624 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9625 */ | |
| 9626 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9627 | |
| 9628 static int | |
| 9629 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9630 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9631 { | |
| 9632 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9633 } | |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 /* | |
| 9636 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9637 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9638 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9639 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9640 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9641 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9642 */ | |
| 9643 int | |
| 9644 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9645 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9646 char_u *path; | |
| 9647 int wildoff; | |
| 9648 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9649 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9650 { | |
| 9651 char_u *buf; | |
| 9652 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9653 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9654 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9655 char_u *pat; | |
| 9656 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9657 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9658 int matches; | |
| 9659 int len; | |
| 9660 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9661 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9664 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9665 | |
| 9666 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9667 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9668 { | |
| 9669 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9670 if (got_int) | |
| 9671 return 0; | |
| 9672 } | |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9675 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9676 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9677 return 0; | |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 /* | |
| 9680 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9681 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9682 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9683 */ | |
| 9684 p = buf; | |
| 9685 s = buf; | |
| 9686 e = NULL; | |
| 9687 path_end = path; | |
| 9688 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9689 { | |
| 9690 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9691 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9692 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9693 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9694 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9695 { | |
| 9696 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9697 break; | |
| 9698 s = p + 1; | |
| 9699 } | |
| 9700 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9701 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 9702 #ifndef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 9703 || ((flags & EW_ICASE) | |
| 9704 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))) | |
| 9705 #endif | |
| 9706 )) | |
| 445 | 9707 e = p; |
| 9708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9709 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9710 { | |
| 474 | 9711 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9712 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9713 p += len; | |
| 9714 path_end += len; | |
| 9715 } | |
| 9716 else | |
| 9717 #endif | |
| 9718 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9719 } | |
| 9720 e = p; | |
| 9721 *e = NUL; | |
| 9722 | |
| 2984 | 9723 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9724 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9725 * component. */ | |
| 9726 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9727 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9728 { | |
| 1624 | 9729 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9730 --e; |
| 9731 --s; | |
| 9732 } | |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9735 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9736 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9737 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9740 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9741 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9742 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9743 { | |
| 9744 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9745 return 0; | |
| 9746 } | |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 587 | 9749 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
| 445 | 9750 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
| 9751 #else | |
| 2652 | 9752 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9753 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9754 else | |
| 9755 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */ | |
| 445 | 9756 #endif |
| 3261 | 9757 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9758 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9759 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9760 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9761 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9762 vim_free(pat); |
| 9763 | |
| 3261 | 9764 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9765 { |
| 9766 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9767 return 0; | |
| 9768 } | |
| 9769 | |
| 9770 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9771 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9772 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9773 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9774 { | |
| 9775 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9776 ++stardepth; | |
| 9777 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9778 --stardepth; | |
| 9779 } | |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9782 *s = NUL; | |
| 9783 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9784 | |
| 9785 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9786 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9787 { | |
| 9788 for (;;) | |
| 9789 { | |
| 9790 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9791 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9792 break; | |
| 9793 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9794 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9795 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9796 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9797 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9798 { |
| 9799 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9800 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9801 | |
| 9802 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9803 { | |
| 9804 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9805 * find matches. */ | |
| 9806 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9807 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9808 ++stardepth; | |
| 9809 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9810 --stardepth; | |
| 9811 } | |
| 9812 | |
| 9813 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9814 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9815 { | |
| 9816 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9817 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9818 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9819 } | |
| 9820 else | |
| 9821 { | |
| 9822 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9823 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9824 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9825 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9826 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9827 { | |
| 768 | 9828 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9829 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9830 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9831 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9832 |
| 445 | 9833 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9834 { | |
| 9835 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9836 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9837 } | |
| 9838 #endif | |
| 9839 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9840 } | |
| 9841 } | |
| 9842 } | |
| 9843 } | |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9846 } | |
| 9847 | |
| 9848 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9849 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9850 | |
| 9851 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9852 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9853 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 9854 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9855 return matches; | |
| 9856 } | |
| 9857 #endif | |
| 9858 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9859 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9860 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9861 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9862 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9863 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9864 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9865 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9866 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9867 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9868 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9869 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9870 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9871 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9872 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9873 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9874 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9875 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9876 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9877 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9878 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9879 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9880 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9881 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9882 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9883 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9884 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9885 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9886 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9887 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9888 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9889 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9890 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9891 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9892 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9893 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9894 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9895 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9896 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9897 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9898 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9899 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9900 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9901 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9902 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9903 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9904 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9905 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9906 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9907 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9908 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9909 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9910 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9911 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9912 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9913 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9914 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9915 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9916 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9917 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 9918 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 9919 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9920 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9921 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9922 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9923 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9924 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9925 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9926 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
9927 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9928 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9929 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9930 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9931 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9932 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9933 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9934 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9935 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9936 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9937 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9938 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9939 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9940 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9941 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9942 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9943 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9944 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9945 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
9946 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9947 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9948 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9949 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9950 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9951 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9952 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9953 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9954 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9955 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9956 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9957 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9958 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9959 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9960 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9961 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9962 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9963 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9964 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9965 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9966 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9967 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9968 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9969 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9970 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9971 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9972 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9973 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9974 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9975 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9976 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9977 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9978 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9979 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9980 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9981 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9982 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9983 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9984 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9985 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
9986 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9987 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9988 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9989 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9990 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9991 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9992 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9993 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9994 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9995 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9996 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9997 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9998 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9999 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10000 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10001 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10002 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10003 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10004 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10005 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10006 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10007 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10008 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10009 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10010 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10011 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10012 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10013 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10014 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10015 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10016 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10017 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10018 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10019 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10020 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10021 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10022 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10023 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10024 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10025 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10026 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10027 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10028 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10029 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10030 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10031 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10032 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10033 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10034 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10035 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10036 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10037 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10038 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10039 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10040 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10041 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10042 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10043 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10044 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10045 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10046 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10047 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10049 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10050 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10051 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10052 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10053 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10054 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10055 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10056 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10057 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10058 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10059 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10060 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10061 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10062 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10063 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10064 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10065 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10066 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10067 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10068 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10069 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10070 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10071 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10072 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10073 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10074 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10075 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10076 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10077 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10078 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10079 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10080 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10081 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10082 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10083 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10084 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10085 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10086 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10087 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10088 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10089 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10090 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10091 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10092 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10093 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10094 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10095 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10096 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10097 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10098 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10099 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10100 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10101 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10102 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10103 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10104 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10105 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10106 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10107 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10108 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10109 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10110 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10111 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10112 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10113 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10114 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10115 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10116 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10117 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10118 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10119 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10120 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10121 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10122 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10123 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10124 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10125 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10126 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10127 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10128 } |
| 2538 | 10129 |
| 10130 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10131 { | |
| 10132 /* | |
| 10133 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10134 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10135 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10136 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10137 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10138 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10139 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10140 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10141 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10142 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10143 */ |
| 10144 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10145 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10146 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10147 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10148 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10149 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10150 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10151 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10152 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10153 ) |
| 2538 | 10154 { |
| 10155 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10156 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10157 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10158 } |
| 10159 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10160 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10161 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10162 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10163 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10164 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10165 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10166 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10167 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10168 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10169 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10170 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10171 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10172 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10173 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10174 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10175 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10176 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10177 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10178 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10179 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10180 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10181 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10182 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10183 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10184 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10185 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10186 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10187 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10188 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10189 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10190 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10191 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10192 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10193 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10194 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10195 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10196 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10197 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10198 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10199 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10200 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10201 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10202 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10203 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10204 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10205 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10206 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10207 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10208 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10209 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10210 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10211 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10212 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10213 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10214 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10215 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10216 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10217 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10218 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10219 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10220 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10221 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10222 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10223 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10224 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10225 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10226 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10227 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10228 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10229 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10230 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10231 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10232 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10233 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10234 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10235 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10236 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10237 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10238 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10239 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10240 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10241 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10242 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10243 |
| 2652 | 10244 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10245 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10246 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10247 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10248 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10249 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10250 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10251 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10252 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10253 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10254 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10255 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10256 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10257 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10258 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10259 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10260 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10261 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10262 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10263 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10264 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10265 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10266 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10267 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10268 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10269 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10270 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10271 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10272 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10273 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10274 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10275 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10276 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10277 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10278 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10279 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10280 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10281 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10282 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10283 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10284 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10285 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10286 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10287 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10288 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10289 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10290 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10291 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10292 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10293 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10294 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10295 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10296 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10297 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10298 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10299 |
| 7 | 10300 /* |
| 10301 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10302 * | |
| 10303 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10304 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10305 * | |
| 10306 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10307 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10308 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10309 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10310 */ | |
| 10311 int | |
| 10312 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10313 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10314 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10315 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10316 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10317 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10318 { | |
| 10319 int i; | |
| 10320 garray_T ga; | |
| 10321 char_u *p; | |
| 10322 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10323 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10324 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10325 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10326 #endif |
| 7 | 10327 |
| 10328 /* | |
| 10329 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10330 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10331 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10332 * return FAIL. | |
| 10333 */ | |
| 10334 if (recursive) | |
| 10335 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10336 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10337 #else | |
| 10338 return FAIL; | |
| 10339 #endif | |
| 10340 | |
| 10341 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10342 /* | |
| 10343 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10344 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10345 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10346 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10347 */ | |
| 10348 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10349 { | |
| 10350 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
| 10351 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10352 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10353 # endif | |
| 10354 ) | |
| 10355 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10356 } | |
| 10357 #endif | |
| 10358 | |
| 10359 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10360 | |
| 10361 /* | |
| 10362 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10363 */ | |
| 10364 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10365 | |
| 10366 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10367 { | |
| 10368 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10369 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10370 | |
| 10371 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10372 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10373 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10374 else | |
| 10375 #endif | |
| 10376 { | |
| 10377 /* | |
| 10378 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10379 */ | |
| 2538 | 10380 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10381 { |
| 1408 | 10382 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10383 if (p == NULL) |
| 10384 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10385 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10386 /* | |
| 10387 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10388 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10389 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10390 */ | |
| 2538 | 10391 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10392 { |
| 10393 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10394 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10395 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10396 flags); | |
| 10397 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10398 return i; | |
| 10399 } | |
| 10400 #endif | |
| 10401 } | |
| 10402 | |
| 10403 /* | |
| 10404 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10405 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10406 * the pattern. | |
| 10407 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10408 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10409 */ | |
| 10410 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10411 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10412 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10413 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10414 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10415 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10416 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10417 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10418 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10419 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10420 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10421 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10422 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10423 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10424 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10425 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10426 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10427 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10428 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10429 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10430 } |
| 7 | 10431 } |
| 10432 | |
| 10433 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10434 { | |
| 10435 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10436 | |
| 10437 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10438 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10439 #endif | |
| 10440 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10441 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10442 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10443 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10444 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10445 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10446 vim_free(t); | |
| 10447 } | |
| 10448 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10449 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10450 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10451 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10452 #endif |
| 7 | 10453 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10454 vim_free(p); | |
| 10455 } | |
| 10456 | |
| 10457 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10458 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10459 | |
| 10460 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10461 | |
| 10462 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10463 } | |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10466 | |
| 10467 /* | |
| 10468 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10469 */ | |
| 10470 static int | |
| 10471 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10472 char_u *p; | |
| 10473 { | |
| 10474 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10475 } | |
| 10476 | |
| 10477 /* | |
| 10478 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10479 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10480 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10481 */ | |
| 10482 static int | |
| 10483 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10484 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10485 char_u *pat; | |
| 10486 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10487 { | |
| 10488 char_u *p; | |
| 10489 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10490 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10491 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10492 int i; | |
| 10493 | |
| 10494 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10495 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10496 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10497 return 0; | |
| 10498 | |
| 10499 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10500 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10501 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10502 else |
| 10503 #endif | |
| 24 | 10504 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10505 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10506 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10507 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10508 return 0; | |
| 10509 | |
| 10510 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10511 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10512 { | |
| 10513 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10514 p = cmd; | |
| 10515 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10516 ++p; | |
| 10517 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10518 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10519 { | |
| 10520 i = *p; | |
| 10521 *p = NUL; | |
| 10522 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10523 *p = i; | |
| 10524 ++cnt; | |
| 10525 } | |
| 10526 cmd = p; | |
| 10527 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10528 ++cmd; | |
| 10529 } | |
| 10530 | |
| 10531 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10532 return cnt; | |
| 10533 } | |
| 10534 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10535 | |
| 10536 /* | |
| 10537 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10538 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10539 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10540 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10541 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10542 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10543 */ | |
| 10544 void | |
| 10545 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10546 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10547 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10548 int flags; | |
| 10549 { | |
| 10550 char_u *p; | |
| 10551 int isdir; | |
| 10552 | |
| 10553 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10554 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10555 return; | |
| 10556 | |
| 10557 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10558 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10559 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10560 return; | |
| 10561 #endif | |
| 10562 | |
| 10563 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10564 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10565 return; | |
| 10566 | |
| 716 | 10567 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10568 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10569 return; | |
| 10570 | |
| 7 | 10571 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10572 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10573 return; | |
| 10574 | |
| 10575 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10576 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10577 return; | |
| 10578 | |
| 10579 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10580 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10581 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10582 #endif | |
| 10583 /* | |
| 10584 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10585 */ | |
| 10586 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10587 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10588 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10589 #endif | |
| 10590 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10591 } | |
| 10592 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10593 | |
| 10594 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10595 | |
| 10596 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10597 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10598 #endif | |
| 10599 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10600 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10601 #endif | |
| 10602 | |
| 10603 /* | |
| 10604 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10605 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10606 */ | |
| 10607 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10608 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10609 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10610 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10611 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10612 { | |
| 10613 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10614 char_u *command; | |
| 10615 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10616 int len; | |
| 10617 int i = 0; | |
| 10618 FILE *fd; | |
| 10619 | |
| 10620 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10621 return NULL; | |
| 10622 | |
| 10623 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10624 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10625 { | |
| 10626 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10627 return NULL; | |
| 10628 } | |
| 10629 | |
| 10630 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10631 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10632 if (command == NULL) |
| 10633 goto done; | |
| 10634 | |
| 10635 /* | |
| 10636 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10637 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10638 */ | |
| 10639 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10640 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10641 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10642 | |
| 10643 vim_free(command); | |
| 10644 | |
| 10645 /* | |
| 10646 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10647 */ | |
| 10648 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10649 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10650 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10651 # else | |
| 10652 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10653 # endif | |
| 10654 | |
| 10655 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10656 { | |
| 10657 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10658 goto done; | |
| 10659 } | |
| 10660 | |
| 10661 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10662 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10663 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10666 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10667 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10668 fclose(fd); | |
| 10669 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10670 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10671 goto done; | |
| 10672 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10673 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10674 #endif | |
| 10675 if (i != len) | |
| 10676 { | |
| 10677 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10678 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10679 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10680 } | |
| 10681 else | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10682 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
| 7 | 10683 |
| 10684 done: | |
| 10685 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10686 return buffer; | |
| 10687 } | |
| 10688 #endif | |
| 10689 | |
| 10690 /* | |
| 10691 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10692 * functions. | |
| 10693 */ | |
| 10694 void | |
| 10695 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10696 int count; | |
| 10697 char_u **files; | |
| 10698 { | |
| 838 | 10699 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10700 return; |
| 10701 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10702 /* | |
| 10703 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10704 * been used??? | |
| 10705 */ | |
| 10706 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10707 #else | |
| 10708 while (count--) | |
| 10709 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10710 vim_free(files); | |
| 10711 #endif | |
| 10712 } | |
| 10713 | |
| 10714 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10715 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10716 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10717 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10718 */ | |
| 10719 int | |
| 10720 goto_im() | |
| 10721 { | |
| 10722 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10723 } |